Villaverde Solution Manual

SOLUTIONS MANUAL FOR
Fundamental Concepts of
Earthquake Engineering
by
Roberto Villaverde
CRC Press
Taylor & Francis Group
6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite 300
Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742
© 2009 by Taylor & Francis Group, LLC

CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, an Informa business
No claim to original U.S. Government works
Printed in the United States of America on acid-free paper
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
International Standard Book Number-13: 978-1-4398-0088-1 (Softcover)
This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable efforts have been made to publish reliable data and
information, but the author and publisher cannot assume responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors
and publishers have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication and apologize to copyright
holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any copyright material has not been acknowledged please write and let us know
so we may rectify in any future reprint.
Except as permitted under U.S. Copyright Law, no part of this book may be reprinted, reproduced, transmitted, or utilized in any
form by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any
information storage or retrieval system, without written permission from the publishers.
For permission to photocopy or use material electronically from this work, please access www.copyright.com (http://www.copy-right.com/) or contact
the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (CCC), 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400. CCC is a not-for-profit organization that provides
licenses and registration for a variety of users. For organizations that have been granted a photocopy license by the CCC, a separate system of payment
has been arranged.
Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification
and explanation without intent to infringe.
Visit the Taylor & Francis Web site at

http://www.taylorandfrancis.com
and the CRC Press Web site at

http://www.crcpress.com
SOLUTIONS MANUAL FOR
Fundamental Concepts of
Earthquake Engineering
by
Roberto Villaverde
Boca Raton London New York
CRC Press is an imprint of the

Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business
SOLUTION MANUAL
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Roberto Villaverde
University of California at Irvine
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 4 ................................................................................................................................... 3
CHAPTER 6 ................................................................................................................................. 27
CHAPTER 7 ................................................................................................................................. 33
CHAPTER 8 ................................................................................................................................. 51
CHAPTER 9 ................................................................................................................................. 69
CHAPTER 10 ............................................................................................................................... 81
CHAPTER 12 ............................................................................................................................. 108
CHAPTER 17 ............................................................................................................................. 118
Problem 17.3 ............................................................................................................................... 122
Problem 17.4 ............................................................................................................................... 124
Problem 17.5 ............................................................................................................................... 126
Problem 17.6................................................................................................................................ 127
Problem 17.8................................................................................................................................ 131
Problem 17.12.............................................................................................................................. 146
Problem 17.15.............................................................................................................................. 158
2
CHAPTER 4
Problem 4.1
Determine the velocity of propagation of longitudinal waves traveling along a laterally con-
strained rod when the rod is made of (a) steel; (b) cast iron; and (c) concrete with f 'c = 4,000 psi.
Solution:
Young’s moduli, Poisson ratios, and unit weights for steel, cast iron, and concrete with
f 'c =4,000 psi are as shown in Table P4.1
Table P4.1. Properties of steel, cast iron, and concrete

Material Modulus of elasticity Poisson ratio Unit weight
(psi) (pcf)
6
Steel 30×10 0.27 490
6
Cast iron 26×10 0.25 485
Concrete 57,000 f ′ 0.15 150
c
Therefore, for the steel rod, the constrained modulus of elasticity and the propagation velocity of
longitudinal waves are respectively equal to (see Equations 4.6 and 4.7)
E (1 − μ) 30 × 106 (1 − 0.27)
M= = = 37.5 × 106 psi
(1 − 2μ)(1 + μ) [1 − 2(0.27)](1 + 0.27)
M 37.5 × 106 (144)
vc = = = 18,838 ft/s = 5.74 km/s
ρ 490 / 32.2
and similarly for the cast iron and reinforced concrete rods,
E (1 − μ) 26 × 106 (1 − 0.25)
M= = = 31.2 × 106 psi
(1 − 2μ)(1 + μ) [1 − 2(0.25)](1 + 0.25)
M 31.2 × 106 (144)
vc = = = 17,271 ft/s = 5.26 km/s
ρ 485 / 32.2
E (1 − μ) 57,000 4,000 (1 − 0.15)
M= = = 3.8 × 106 psi
(1 − 2μ)(1 + μ) [1 − 2(0.15)](1 + 0.15)
M 3.8 × 106 (144)
vc = = = 10,838 ft/s = 3.30 km/s
ρ 150 / 32.2
Problem 4.2
A rod of infinite length is subjected to an initial longitudinal displacement given by
u0 = 2(1 − x) 0 ≤ x ≤1
u0 = 2 + x -2 ≤ x ≤ 0
Draw plots of the rod’s longitudinal displacement u against the position variable x at times t = 1,
2, 3, and 4 seconds. Consider that the velocity of propagation of longitudinal waves in the rod is
equal to 0.5 m/s.
3
Solution:
Noticing that
u0 = 0 at x = −2 and x = +1
u0 = 2 at x = 0
the form of the initial pulse is as shown below. Note also that the initial displacement generates
two identical waves traveling in opposite directions. Furthermore, since the velocity of propaga-
tion is 0.5 m/s, the distance traveled by these waves are as indicated in the Table P4.2.
Table P4.2. Distance traveled by waves at different times

Time (s) Distance (m)
1.0 0.5
2.0 1.0
3.0 1.5
4.0 2.0
Therefore, the position of the initial displacement pulse at times of 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, and 4.0 seconds
is as indicated in Figure P4.2.
u
2
t =0s
x
2
t =1s
x
2
t =2s
x
2
t =3s
x
2
t =4s
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
Figure P4.2. Position of displacement pulse at various times
Problem 4.3
Repeat Problem 4.2 considering an initial longitudinal velocity instead of an initial displacement
and that this initial velocity is given by
v0 = A - 2 ≤ x ≤ 2
v0 = 0 elsewhere
where A is a constant.
Solution:
According to Equation 4.19 and a zero initial displacement, the displacement in the rod is given
by
x + vc t
1
u ( x, t ) =
2vc ∫ v (ζ)dζ
x − vc t
0
which may be considered as the superposition of the two displacement waves

x + vc t x − vc t
1 1
u ( x, t ) =
2vc ∫0 v0 (ζ)dζ − 2vc ∫ v (ζ)dζ
0
0
4
where ζ is a dummy variable. Considering first the first integral and the fact that vc = 0.5 m/s,
one has that
x + 0.5t
u ( x, t ) = ∫ v ( ζ ) dζ
0
0
Then, for –2.0 ≤ x +0.5t ≤ 2.0,

x + 0.5t
∫ Adζ = A[ζ]
x + 0.5 t
u ( x, t ) = 0 = A( x + 0.5t )
0
In this case, therefore, the displacement u varies linearly with x for a constant t, and the upper
and lower limits for which this relationship is valid are
xu + 0.5t = 2.0 or xu = 2.0 − 0.5t
xl + 0.5t = −2.0 or xl = −2.0 − 0.5t
Hence, for the particular times of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 seconds, the displacement u and the lower and
upper limits are as indicated in Table P4.3.
Table P4.3a. Displacement function and integration limits for first integral at different times
t u xl xu
0 Ax -2.0 2.0
1 A(x + 0.5) -2.5 1.5
2 A(x + 1.0) -3.0 1.0
3 A(x + 1.5) -3.5 0.5
4 A(x + 2.0) -4.0 0
The shape and position of this wave at 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 seconds (drawn with dashed lines) are as
shown in Figure P4.3.
Table P4.3b. Displacement function and integration limits for second integral at different times
t u xl xu
0 -Ax -2.0 2.0
1 -A(x - 0.5) -1.5 2.5
2 -A(x - 1.0) -1.0 3.0
3 -A(x - 1.5) -0.5 3.5
4 -A(x - 2.0) 0 4.0
Considering now the second integral, one has that

x − 0.5 t
u ( x, t ) = − ∫ v ( ζ ) dζ
0
0
Then, for –2.0 ≤ x - 0.5t ≤ 2.0,

x − 0.5 t
∫ Adζ = − A[ζ]
x − 0.5t
u ( x, t ) = − 0 = − A( x − 0.5t )
0
In this case, the displacement u also varies linearly with x for a constant t, but the upper and low-
er limits for which the relationship is valid are
xu − 0.5t = 2.0 or xu = 2.0 + 0.5t
xl − 0.5t = −2.0 or xl = −2.0 + 0.5t
5
Hence, for the particular times of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 seconds, the displacement u and the lower and
upper limits are as shown in Table P4.3b. The shape and position of this additional wave at 0, 1,
2, 3, and 4 seconds (drawn with solid lines) are also shown in Figure P4.3.
u
2A 2A
t =0s
x
-2A -2A
2A 2A
t =1s
x
-2A -2A
2A 2A
t =2s
x
-2A -2A
2A 2A
t =3s
x
-2A 2A -2A
t =4s
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
-2A -2A
Figure P4.3. Shape and position of waves generated by intial velocity at different times
Problem 4.4
A long bar with a density of 7850 kg/m3 and a modulus of elasticity of 7.85 kPa is subjected to
an initial axial disturbance defined by
u0 ( x ) = 0
⎧cos x if x ≤ π / 2
v0 ( x) = ⎨
⎩0 elsewhere
where u0 and v0 respectively denote initial displacement and initial velocity. Determine the dis-
placement induced by the disturbance at a distance x = -π/3 and time t = 2π/3.
Solution:
According to Equation 4.5, the velocity of propagation of longitudinal waves in the given bar is
equal to
E 7.85 × 103
vc =
= = 1.0 m/s
ρ 7850
Similarly, according to Equation 4.19, the displacement induced by an initial velocity v0 and a
zero initial displacement is given by
x + vc t
1
u ( x, t ) =
2vc ∫ v (ζ)dζ
x − vc t
0
where ζ is a dummy variable. Hence, for the case under consideration

x +t
1 1
u ( x, t ) = ∫ cos ζdζ = − [sin ζ ]xx +− tt
2 x −t 2
provided
π π
− ≤ x+t ≤
2 2
and
6
π π
− ≤ x−t ≤
2 2
Otherwise,
u ( x, t ) = 0
Since for x = -π/3 and t = 2π/3 one has that
π 2π π
x+t =− + =
3 3 3
and
π 2π π
x−t = − − = −π (less than - )
3 3 2
then
π 2π 1 1 1 π π
u (− , ) = − [sin ζ ]xx +−tt = − [sin ζ ]π− π/ 3/ 2 = [sin( ) − sin(− )] = 0.933 m
3 3 2 2 2 3 2
Problem 4.5
During the process of driving a 40-m long reinforced concrete pile into a foundation soil, a pile-
driving hammer imparts a force impulse that can be assumed to vary as a half sine wave with an
amplitude of 2500 kN and a duration of 0.012 seconds. To monitor the stresses in the pile during
the driving process, strain gages are attached at the middle of the pile and at 5 m from its tip.
Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses recorded by the gauges (a) when the
pile is being driven through a soft soil that offers no resistance to the penetration of the pile; and
(b) when the pile tip encounters rigid bedrock. Consider a modulus of elasticity of 20,000 MPa,
a diameter of 500 mm, and a density of 2300 kg/m3.
Solution:
The compression force imparted to the pile top is
π
P(t ) = −2500 sin( t)
0.012
which, since the wave velocity in the pile is equal to
E 20,000 × 106
vc = = = 2,949 m/s
ρ 2,300
may also be written as
π
P(−vct ) = −2500 sin[− (−vct )]
0.012(2,949)
or as
π
P( x − vct ) = −2500 sin[− ( x − 2949t )]
35.39
Hence, the equation for the stress wave is of the form
P P π
σ( x − vct ) = = = −12,732 sin[− ( x − 2949t )]
A π(0.5) / 4
2
35.39
Note, also, that the length of the pulse is
Pulse length = vc (0.012) = 2949(0.012) = 35.39 m
7
(a) Soft soil
i) Pile mid-height
The maximum compressive stress is attained when the incident wave is positioned as shown in
the left-hand side of Figure P4.5. Similarly, since the reflected wave is a tension wave when the
pile tip encounters no resistance, and since the incident wave has completely disappeared when
the center of the reflected wave reaches the mid-height of the pile, the maximum tension stress is
attained when the reflected wave is positioned as shown in the right-hand side of Figure P4.5. In
consequence,
Maximum compressive stress = 12,732 kN/m 2
Maximum tension stress = 12,732 kN/m 2
2.3 m
20 m 20 m
17.7 m
σmax σmax
(-) (+)
17.7 m
20 m 20 m
2.3 m
Compression stresses Tension stresses

Figure P4.5a. Position of incident and reflected waves at the time of maximum tension and compression
stresses at pile’s midheight
35 m
(+)
(-) σmax
(+)
5m
Compression stresses Tension stresses

Figure P4.5b. Position of incident and reflected waves at the time of maximum tension and compression
stresses at strain gage 5 m above pile tip
ii) 5m from pile tip

At any time before the tail of the incident wave reaches the strain gauge 5 m above the pile tip,
the incident and reflected waves are positioned as shown in Figure P4.5b. Therefore, the maxi-
8
mum compression stress at 5 m from the pile tip is given by the superposition of the incident and
reflected waves. To compute this maximum stress, consider that, in accordance with the equa-
tion developed above, the stress at x = 35 m induced by the incident wave is given by
π
σi ( x − vct ) = −12,732 sin[ − (35 − 2949t )] = −12,732 sin(261.8t − 3.11)
35.39
Similarly, if one defines x′ and t′ as
x′ = x − 40
t ′ = t − 0.014
the equation for the reflected stress wave (tension) is
π
σ( x′ − vct ′) = 12,732 sin[− ( x′ − 2949t ′)]
35.39
and thus at x′ = 5 m, the stress induced by the reflected wave is
π
σr (5, t ′) = 12,732 sin[ − (5 − 2949t ′)] = 12,732 sin(261.8t ′ − 0.444)
35.39
which in terms of t may be written as
σ r (5, t ) = 12,732 sin( 261.8t − 4.11)
It should be noted that the time at which the reflected wave appears for the first time is
40
t= = 0.014 s
2949
and the equation for the reflected wave is thus only valid for t ≥ 0.014 s.
As a result, the stress induced by the incident and reflected waves is given by
σ(35, t ) = −12,732[sin(261.8t − 3.11) − sin(261.8t − 4.11)]
which may also be expressed as
σ(35, t ) = −12,732[sin(261.8t ) cos(3.11) − cos(261.8t ) sin(3.11)
− sin( 261.8t ) cos 4.11) + cos(261.8t ) sin 4.11)]
= −12,732[−0.433 sin(261.8t ) − 0.856 cos(261.8t )
= 12,732 0.4332 + 0.8562 cos(261.8t − θ)
= 12,214 cos(261.8t − θ), if t ≥ 0.014 s
where
0.856
θ = tan −1 = 1.102 rad
0.433
It may be seen, thus, that the total stress is maximum when
261.8t − 1.102 = 0 or t = 0.004 s < 0.014 s (not possible)
or when
261.8t − 1.102 = π or t = 0.016 s > 0.014 s
In consequence,
max σ(35, t ) = -12,214 kN/m 2 (compression)
The maximum tensile stress occurs when the incident wave completely disappears; that is,
when the tail of the incident wave reaches the pile tip, which, in turn, occurs when t = 40/2949
+0.012 = 0.026 s (see right-hand side of Figure P4.5b). Therefore,
max σr (5, t ) = 12,732 sin[ 261.8(0.026) − 4.11] = 5,478 kN/m 2 (tension)
9
(b) Rigid bedrock
i) Pile mid-height
When the pile rests on rigid bedrock, the reflected wave is a compression wave. Therefore, the
maximum compression stress at the mid-height of the pile is produced by either the incident
wave alone or the reflected wave alone. Similarly, no tension stresses are produced. Hence,
Maximum compression stress = 12, 732 kN/m 2
Maximum tension stress = 0
ii) 5m from pile tip
The maximum compression stress at 5 m from the pile tip is given by the maximum value of the
superposition of the incident and reflected waves. But according to the equations derived above,
this superposition is given by
σ(35, t ) = −12,732[sin(261.8t − 3.11) + sin( 261.8t − 4.11)]
= −12,732[sin(261.8t ) cos(3.11) − cos(261.8t ) sin(3.11)
+ sin(261.8t ) cos 4.11) − cos(261.8t ) sin 4.11)]
= −12,732[−1.566 sin( 261.8t ) − 0.792 cos(261.8t )
= 12,732 1.5662 + 0.7922 cos(261.8t − θ)
= 22,343 cos(261.8t − θ), if t ≥ 0.014 s
where
0.792
θ = tan −1 = 0.468 rad
1.566
Hence,
Maximum compression stress = 22,343 kN/m 2
and, since, once again, the reflected wave is a compressive one,
Maximum tension stress = 0
Problem 4.6
The 25-story building shown in Figure E4.3 and considered in Example 4.3 is subjected to the
lateral ground displacement pulse shown in Figure P4.6. Modeling the building as a shear beam,
obtain the lateral displacements at the top of the building and at the level of its setback two
seconds after the application of the pulse.
ug
A0
0.5 Time (s)

Figure P4.6. Loading pulse in Problem 4.6
Solution:
From the results in Example 4.3,
vs1 = 100 ft/s vs 2 = 70.71 ft/s
α = 0.354 vr = 0.477vi
and according to Equation 4.42,
10
2 2
vt = vi = vi = 0.477vi
1+ α 1 + 0.354
where vs1 and vs2 respectively represent the wave propagation velocities of the lower and upper
parts of the building, α is given by Equation 4.36, and vi, vt and vr respectively denote the ampli-
tudes of the incident, transmitted, and reflected waves. Also, the length of the pulse in the lower
and upper parts of the building is
λ1 = vs1 (0.5) = 100(0.5) = 50 ft
λ 2 = vs 2 (0.5) = 70.71(0.5) = 35.36 ft
Displacement at building top
The time at which the pulse front reaches the discontinuity is
x 180
td = = = 1.8s
vs1 100
and the distance traveled by the pulse front at t = 2.0 seconds is
x = 180 + 70.71(2.0 − 1.8) = 194.1 ft < 300 ft
which means that at t = 2.0 seconds, the pulse front has not reached yet the top of the building.
Hence,
vx =300' = 0
Displacement at setback level
At t = 2.0 seconds, the tail of the pulse has traveled a distance
x = vs1 (2.0 − 0.5) = 100(1.5) = 150 ft
Similarly, the front of the pulse has traveled a distance
x = 180 + vs 2 (2.0 − 1.8) = 180 + 70.71(0.2) = 180 + 14.14 = 194.14 ft
which means that the incident wave has crossed the discontinuity and a reflected wave is gener-
ated. Note also that the reflected wave has traveled a distance
x = vs1 (2.0 − 1.8) = 100(0.2) = 20 ft
On the basis of this information, the shape, amplitude, and position of the incident and reflected
waves at t = 2.0 s is as indicated in Figure P4.6b. From this figure, one obtains
30
Displacement just above setback level = 1.477( )A 0 = 0.866A 0
50
30 30
Displacement just below setback level = A 0 + (0.477)A0 = 0.866A 0
50 50
120'
1.477A0
30 0.477A
0
14.14' 50
20'
30'
30 A 0.477A0
50 0
180'
150' 1.477 30 A0
50
x
Incident wave Reflected wave
Figure P4.6b. Shape, amplitude, and position of incident and reflected waves at t = 2.0 s
11
Problem 4.7
Assume that during an earthquake the horizontal motion at the ground surface of a deep deposit
of soil is generated by a shear wave traveling parallel to the ground surface. Assume further that
records of the associated ground velocity have been obtained at a point on the surface along two
perpendicular directions. Derive an equation to determine the rotational motion experienced by
the ground about an axis perpendicular to the ground surface passing through the point were the
records were obtained. Express the desired equation in terms of the two horizontal components
of the ground velocity and the shear wave velocity of the soil deposit.
Solution:
With reference to Figure P4.7 below and Equation 4.49, the displacements induced by the wave
along the positive Y and X directions may respectively be expressed as
u = f ( y − vs t )
v = g ( x − vst )
where f and g denote arbitrary functions, vs is the shear wave velocity of the soil deposit, and t
represents time. Also, according to Equation 4.91, the rotation of the ground about a vertical
axis is given by
1 ∂v ∂u
ωz = ( − )
2 ∂x ∂y
which may also be written as
1 ∂g ∂ζ ∂f ∂ξ
ωz = ( − )
2 ∂ζ dx ∂ξ dy
1
= [ g ′( x − vst ) − f ′( y − vst )]
2
where ξ = y - vst and ζ = x - vst, and
∂g
g ′( x − vst ) =
∂ζ
∂f
f ′( y − vst ) =
∂ξ
It may be noted, however, that
∂g ∂g ∂ζ
= = −vs g ′
∂t ∂ζ ∂t
and
∂f ∂f ∂ξ
= = −vs f ′
∂t ∂ξ ∂t
Hence, g′ and f′ are equal to
1 ∂g 1
g′ = − = − v&
vs ∂t vs
and
1 ∂f 1
f′=− = − u&
vs ∂t vs
12
where u& and v& respectively represent the ground velocities along the X and Y directions. In
consequence, the ground rotation may also be expressed as
1
ωz = − (v& − u& )
2vs
or as
1
ωz = (u& − v&)
2vs
Y
Shear
Y component wave
of shear wave
Particle
displacement u
v X component
of shear wave
Particle
displacement
Figure P4.7. Components of ground velocity at a point induced by shear wave
Problem 4.8
Consider two harmonic displacement waves, both with a unit amplitude. The first wave has a
wavelength of 10 meters and a period of 1.0 second. The corresponding parameters of the
second wave are 11 meters and 1.1 seconds, respectively. Plot the variation with distance for the
first 300 meters of the displacement induced by the superposition of the two waves 2.0 seconds
after the initiation of the waves and determine from this plot the wavelength of the apparent
wave.
Solution:
According to Equations 4.76 and 4.77, the amplitudes of the two given waves are given by
2π 2π 2π 2π
v1 = sin( x − t ) = sin( x − t)
λ1 T1 10 1.0
2π 2π 2π 2π
v2 = sin( x − t ) = sin( x − t)
λ2 T2 11 1.1
Thus, the superposition of the two waves at t = 2.0 s is given by
v = sin[(0.2 x − 4)π] + sin[(0.182 x − 3.636)π]
which leads to the plot shown in Figure P4.8. From this plot, it may be seen that the length of the
apparent wave is approximately equal to
λ app = 220 m
which coincide with the value calculated according to
2π 4π 2
λ app = = = = 220 m
Δk / 2 2π − 2π 1 − 1
λ1 λ 2 10 11
13
2.5 220 m
1.5
0.5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Figure P4.8. Superposition of two harmomic waves and apparent wave length
Problem 4.9
The ground motion records shown in Figure P4.9 are obtained from sensors located at the same
depth in two vertical boreholes spaced 5 m apart. The recorded motions resulted from downward
(solid line) and upward (dashed line) mechanical blows imparted at the level of the sensors in a
third borehole that was colinear with the other boreholes. The trigger that started the recording
of the motions was installed in the borehole that was the nearest to the borehole where the dis-
turbance was applied. Determine the average shear wave velocity of the soil between the sen-
sors.
Figure P4.9. Ground motion records in Problem 4.9
Solution:
1 2 3
Disturbance Geophone Geophone
5m
Figure P4.9b. Identification of boreholes and location of geophones
14
As illustrated in Figure P4.9b, the disturbance is applied at Borehole 1 and the arrival of the P
wave at Borehole 2 starts the recording equipment. Then, the geophone at Borehole 3 records the
passing of the P and S wave. From Figure P4.9, it may be seen that the P wave arrives at Bore-
hole 2 12 ms after the application of the disturbance and at Borehole 3 14 ms after the applica-
tion of the disturbance. The velocity of propagation of the P wave is thus equal to
5
vp = = 2500 m/s
(14 − 12)103
It may also be seen that the time gap between the arrival of the P and S waves is 35-14 = 21 ms.
Hence,
5 5
− = 21 × 10− 3 s
vs v p
from which the velocity of propagation of the S wave results as
1
vs = = 217 m/s
1 21 × 10− 3
+
2500 5
Problem 4.10
Find the amplitude of the vertical and horizontal displacements at depths of 10 and 150 m below
the ground surface generated by the passing of a Rayleigh wave with a wavelength of 100 m.
Consider a medium with a Poisson ratio of 0.30.
Solution:
Calculation of α2
For a Poisson ratio of 0.30 and according to Equation 4.189,
v 1 − 2μ 1 − 2(0.3)
α2 = s = = = 0.286
v p 2(1 − μ) 2(1 − 0.3)
Calculation of V 2
According to Equation 4.207, one has thus that
V 6 − 8V 4 − (16α 2 − 24)V 2 − 16(1 − α 2 ) = 0
V 6 − 8V 4 − (16 × 0.286 − 24)V 2 − 16(1 − 0.286) = 0
V 6 − 8V 4 + 19.424V 2 − 11.424 = 0
which by trial and error leads to
V 2 = 0.8601
2 2
Calculation of q and s
From Equations 4.187 and 4.188 and the calculated values of α2 and V 2, one obtains
ω2 ω2 ω2
q 2 = 2 (1 − α 2V 2 ) = 2 (1 − 0.286 × 0.8601) = 0.754 2
vR vR vR
ω2 ω2 ω2
s2 = (1 − V 2
) = (1 − 0. 8601) = 0. 140
vR2 vR2 vR2
However, since
15
λ 2π / k ω
vR = = =
T 2π / ω k
then
ω2
= k2
vR2
and
q 2 = 0.754k 2
s 2 = 0.140k 2
Also, since for a wavelength of 100 m one has that
2π 2 π
k= = = 0.0628
λ 100
and
k 2 = 0.0039
Hence,
q 2 = 0.754(0.0039) = 0.0030
s 2 = 0.140(0.0039) = 0.0006
and
q = 0.0546
s = 0.0235
Displacement amplitudes (horizontal)
According to Equation 4.213, the amplitude of the horizontal displacement at depth z is given by
2qs − sz
u = A1k[e − qz − 2 e ]
s + k2
Hence, for the case under consideration, one has that
2(0.0546)(0.0235) − 0.0235 z
u = A1 (0.0628)[e − 0.0546 z − e ]
0.0006 + 0.0039
= 0.0628 A1[e −0.0546 z − 0.5703e −0.0235 z ]
Thus, at z = 10 m,
u = 0.00806 A1
and at z = 150 m,
u = −0.00104 A1
Displacement amplitudes (vertical)
According to Equation 4.214, the amplitude of the vertical displacement at depth z is equal to
− qz 2k 2 − sz
w = A1q[−e + 2 e ]
s + k2
Therefore, for the case under consideration, one has that
2(0.0039)
w = 0.0546 A1[−e− 0.0546 z + e − 0.0235 z ]
0.0006 + 0.0039
−0.0546 z
= 0.0546 A1[−e + 1.7333e −0.0235 z ]
Thus, at z = 10 m,
w = 0.04319 A1
and at z = 150 m,
16
w = 0.00277 A1
Problem 4.11
A 40-m layer of soil has a unit weight of 20 kN/m3, a modulus of elasticity of 2 × 106 kPa, and a
Poisson’s ratio of 0.20. Below this soil layer there is a homogeneous semi-infinite rock forma-
tion with a unit weight of 25 kN/m3, a modulus of elasticity of 25 × 106 kPa, and a Poisson’s ra-
tio of 0.25. Determine the wavelength of the Love wave that would travel through this two-
layer medium with a velocity equal to the average of the shear wave velocities of the two layers.
Solution:
From Equations 4.48 and 4.96, the shear wave moduli and the shear wave velocities in the soil
layer and rock formation are
E 2 × 106
G1 = = = 0.833 × 106 kPa
2(1 + μ1 ) 2(1 + 0.20)
G1 0.833 × 106 (9.81)
vs1 = = = 639 m/s
ρ1 20
E2 25 × 106
G2 = = = 10 × 106 kPa
2(1 + μ 2 ) 2(1 + 0.25)
G2 10 × 106 (9.81)
vs 2 = = = 1981 m/s
ρ2 25
In consequence, the propagation velocity of the Love wave is
1
vs = (639 + 1981) = 1310 m/s
2
Also, the wavelength of Love waves is given by (see Equation 4.249)
G2 1 − vL2 / vs22
tan(kH vL2 / vs21 − 1 =
G1 vL2 / vs21 − 1
which for the case under consideration becomes
10 × 106 1 − (1310 / 1981) 2
tan[40k (1310 / 639) 2 − 1] =
0.833 × 106 (1310 / 639) 2 − 1
or
tan(71.586k ) = 5.032
Hence, the wave number is
1
k= tan −1 (5.032) = 0.019
71.586
and the wavelength is
2π 2π
λ= = = 327 m
k 0.019
17
Problem 4.12
A harmonic one-dimensional shear wave with a frequency of 2.0 Hz travels through a sandstone
with a shear modulus of elasticity of 2.0 x 106 psf, a unit weight of 118 pcf, and a quality factor
of 30. Determine the percentage by which the amplitude of the wave is reduced after it travels a
distance of 10,000 feet.
Solution:
According to Equation 4.151, the shear wave velocity in the given sandstone is
G 2 × 106 × 32.2
vs = = = 738.8 ft/s
ρ 118
Then, according to Equation 4.283, for a frequency f of 2.0 Hz, a quality factor Q of 30, a wave
velocity v of 738.8 ft/s, and r = 10,000 feet,
πf π ( 2.0 )
− r − 10000
A(10000, t ) = A0e Qv
= A0e 30 ( 738.8 )
= 0.0587 A0
Similarly, for r = 0,
A(0, t ) = A0
Thus,
A(10000, t ) )
= 0.0587
A(0, t )
and
Reduction percentage = (1 − 0.0587) × 100% = 94.1 %
18
CHAPTER 5
Problem 5.1
The P and S waves from an earthquake in central California arrived at three different stations at
the times indicated in Table P5.1. Using the map of central California given in Figure P5.1, de-
termine and plot in the map the location of the earthquake epicenter.
Figure P5.1. Map of central California showing location of seismographic stations A, B, and C
Table P5.1. Arrival times of P and S waves at three different stations in central California
Station P wave S wave
Hr Min Sec Hr Min Sec
A 15 45 54.2 15 46 07.1
B 15 46 07.6 15 46 28.0
C 15 46 04.5 15 46 25.5
Solution:
From the data in Table P5.1
Time lag between arrival of P and S waves at Station B: 28.0 - 7.6 = 20.4 s
Time lag between arrival of P and S waves at Station A: 67.1 - 54.2 = 12.9 s
Time lag between arrival of P and S waves at Station C: 25.5 - 4.5 = 21.0 s
Therefore, according to Equation 5.9,
Distance between epicenter and Station A= 8 (12.9) = 103.2 km
Distance between epicenter and Station C= 8(21.0) = 168.0 km
Distance between epicenter and Station B= 8 (20.4) = 163.2 km
Drawing circular arcs with centers at the Stations C, B, and A with radii respectively equal to
103.2, 163.2, and 168.0 km in Figure P5.1, the epicenter is located at the center of the triangle
formed by the intersection of the three circular arcs shown in Figure P5.1b.
19
r = 103.2 km
Epicenter
r = 168.0 km
r = 163.2 km
Figure P5.1b. Circular arcs and location of epicenter
Problem 5.2
Figure P5.2 shows the initial portion of a seismogram recorded in Australia from an earthquake
in Oaxaca, Mexico. Identify in the figure the arrival times of the P, S, and surface waves and
explain the reasons for the selection.
Figure P5.2. Seismogram considered in Problem 5.2
Solution:
The times at which the P, S, and surface waves arrive are identified in Figure P5.2b below. The
reasons for the selection are:
(a) As the P wave travels faster than the S wave, the P wave is always the first to arrive.
(b) The arrival of the S wave is identified by an abrupt change in amplitude a few seconds af-
ter the arrival of the P wave.
(c) The surface wave is the third wave to arrive since surface waves travel with a slower ve-
locity than S waves.
(d) Since surface waves attenuate at a slower rate than body waves, the arrival of the surface
wave is identified by a sudden increase in the motion amplitude after the arrival of the S
wave.
P wave S wave
Surface wave
Figure P5.2b. Arrival of P, S, and surface waves
20
Problem 5.3
The seismogram shown in Figure P5.3 was obtained from a Wood-Anderson seismograph lo-
cated 100 km from the hypocenter of the recorded earthquake. Determine (a) the local magnitude
of the earthquake, and (b) the average shear wave velocity for the region surrounding the record-
ing station considering that the earthquake started at 07hr 19min 32.0sec and the P wave arrived
at the recording site at 07hr 19min 45.2sec.
Solution:
(a) The seismogram is obtained at 100 km from the earthquake hypocenter. Then, the amplitude
at 100 km from the earthquake hypocenter is
A = 21.5 × 103 μm
Therefore, according to Equation 5.11
A 21.5 × 103 μm
M = log = log = log(215,000) = 4.33
A0 1 μm
(b) From Figure P5.3, the time lag between the arrival of the P and S waves is
tsp = 24 s
Similarly, the time it takes for the P wave to arrive to the recording station is
t p = 45.2 − 32.0 = 13.2 s
Therefore, since
Δ Δ
tsp = −
vs v p
one has that
Δ Δ 100
Vs = = = = 2.69 km/s
tsp + Δ / V p tsp + t p 24.0 + 13.2
Problem 5.4
A seismogram from an earthquake exhibits a peak trace amplitude of 75 mm. The seismogram is
obtained from a Wood-Anderson seismograph at a seismological station 500 km away from the
epicenter of the earthquake. If the distance correction equation for this station is given by
r
− log A0 = 1.110 log( ) + 0.00189(r − 100) + 3
100
where A0 is amplitude in mm and r hypocentral distance in km, what was the local magnitude of
the recorded earthquake?
Solution:
Using the distance correction equation for an epicentral distance of 500 km, one obtains
21
500
− log A0 = 1.110 log( ) + 0.00189(500 − 100) + 3 = 4.53 mm
100
Therefore, according to the definition of local magnitude (see Equation 5.11),
A
M = log = log A − log A0 = log(75) + 4.53 = 6.4
A0
Problem 5.5
The seismogram shown in Figure P5.5 was obtained in southern California from a Wood- An-
derson seismograph located 75 km from the hypocenter of the recorded earthquake. Determine
(a) the local magnitude of the earthquake using Richter's empirical attenuation curves for South-
ern California; and (b) the velocity of propagation of the P waves assuming that the Poisson ratio
for the medium along which the earthquake waves traveled is equal to 0.30.
Solution:
(a) According to Equation 5.12, for southern California,
log A0 = 5.12 − 2.56 log Δ
where Δ represents hypocentral distance. Therefore, for the problem under consideration,
A0 = 105.12 − 2.56 log(75) = 100.32 = 2.09 μm
and according to Equation 5.11,
A 9 × 103
M L = log = log = 3.6
A0 2.09
(b) According to Equation 4.164, for μ = 3,
vp 2(1 − μ) 2(1 − 0.3)
= = = 1.871
vs 1 − 2μ 1 − 0.6
Hence, for the problem under consideration one has that
1 1 1 1 1
tsp = ( − )Δ = ( − )Δ = (1.871 − 1)(75) = 36
vs v p v p / 1.871 v p vp
from which one obtains
0.875(75)
vp = = 1.82 km/s
36
Problem 5.6
A seismogram from an earthquake shows a peak trace amplitude of 125 mm. The seismogram
was obtained from a seismograph with a magnification factor of 1000 at a seismological station
600 km away from the earthquake epicenter. Determine the local magnitude of the recorded
earthquake using a distance correction defined by
22
r
− log A0 = 1.110 log( ) + 0.00189(r − 100) + 3
100
where A0 is amplitude in mm and r denotes hypocentral distance in km.
Solution:
From the given seismogram, the peak amplitude of the ground motion at the recording site (with
no amplification) is
125 mm
Peak amplitude = = 125 × 10− 3 mm
1000
Hence, the peak amplitude recorded by a Wood-Anderson seismograph would have been
A = 2800(125 × 10−3 ) = 350 mm = 3.5 × 105 μm
Similarly, for an epicentral distance of 600 km and according to the given distance correction
equation, one has that
600
− log A0 = 1.110 log( ) + 0.00189(600 − 100) + 3 = 4.81
100
from which one finds that the zero-magnitude amplitude is
A0 = 10−4.81 = 1.55 × 10−5 mm = 1.55 × 10-2 μm
Thus, according to Equation 5.11, the local magnitude is
A 3.5 × 105
M L = log = log = 7.3
A0 1.55 × 10− 2
Problem 5.7
The seismogram shown in Figure P5.7 was obtained in southern California by a Wood-Anderson
seismograph at a seismographic station located 165 km from the earthquake epicenter. (a) De-
termine the local magnitude of the earthquake using Richter’s attenuation equation for southern
California. (b) If the earthquake started at 07hr 19 min 32.0sec, and if the first P wave arrived at
the recording site at 07hr 19min 45.2sec, what is the average Poisson ratio for the region sur-
rounding the recording station?
Solution:
(a) For an epicentral distance of 165 km, Richter’s attenuation equation (Equation 5.12) yields,
log A0 = 5.12 − 2.56 log Δ = 5.12 − 2.56 log(165) = −0.56 μm
Hence, according to Equation 5.11,
M L = log A − log A0 = log(23.0 × 103 ) + 0.56 = 4.9
(b) From Figure P5.7, the time gap between the arrivals of the S and P waves is
tsp = 24 s
and the time it takes the P wave to arrive to the recording station is
23
t p = 45.2 − 32.0 = 13.2 s
Hence, the velocity of propagation of the P and S waves are
165
vp = = 12.5 km/s
13.2
165
vs = = 4.44 km/s
13.2 + 24
Also, from Equation 4.164, one has that
vp 2(1 − μ) 12.5
= = = 2.82
vs 1 − 2μ 4.44
In consequence,
2(1 − μ)
= 7.95
1 − 2μ
μ = 0.43
Problem 5.8
The peak ground displacement recorded by a long-period seismograph located at a distance of 3,000
km from an earthquake’s epicenter was 7.6 millimeters. Determine the earthquake’s surface wave
magnitude.
Solution:
The epicentral distance in degrees is (1° = 111 km),
3000
Δ= = 27°
111
Hence, according to Equation 5.14, the surface wave magnitude is
M s = log a + 1.66 log Δ + 2.0 = log(7.6 × 103 ) + 1.66 log(27°) + 2 = 8.3
Problem 5.9
Estimate the moment magnitude of an earthquake generated at a fault that slips, on average, 9.2
m and ruptures an area 44 km wide and 75 km long.
Solution:
According to Hanks-Kanamori’s equation (Equation 5.22), the seismic moment is given by
2
M w = log M 0 − 10.7
3
where M0 is the seismic moment expressed in dyne-cm and equal to (see Equation 5.16)
M 0 = GAD
where G ≈ 3×1011 dyne/cm2, A is the ruptured area, and D is the average amount of slip. Hence,
for the case under consideration,
M 0 = 3 × 1011 (44 × 105 × 75 × 105 )(9.2 × 102 ) = 9.11× 1027 dyne - cm
and
24
2
M w = log(9.11 × 1027 ) − 10.7 = 7.9
3
Problem 5.10
Estimate the moment magnitude of earthquakes from faults whose ruptured area is more than 30
km long and 25 km deep and slip more than 1.0 m.
Solution:
From Equation 5.16,
N
M 0 = GAD > 3 × 1010 2
(30 × 103 m)(25 × 103 m)(1 m) = 2.25 × 1019 N - m
m
and thus, according to Equation 5.23,
2 2
M w = log M 0 − 6.0 > log(2.25 × 1019 ) − 6.0 > 6.9
3 3
Problem 5.11
A building is to be constructed in Southern California at a site whose location with respect to
nearby earthquake faults is indicated in Table P5.11. Also given in this table is the local magni-
tude of the largest earthquake that is likely to occur at these faults. Find the maximum ground
displacement for which the building should be designed.
Table P5.11. Magnitudes and distances to sites considered in Problem 5.11

Fault ML Closest distance to site
San Andreas 8.0 (k78 )
San Jacinto 7.5 81
Santa Monica 7.25 26
Whittier 7.0 32
Newport-Inglewood 7.0 7
Solution:
From the definition of local magnitude (see Equation 5.11), one has that
A
M L = log
A0
and
A = A010M L
where for southern California earthquakes (see Equation 5.12)
A0 = 105.12 − 2.56 log Δ
Table P5.11b. Values of A0 and peak ground motion amplitudes
ML Δ (km) A0 (μm) A/2800 (mm)
8.0 78 1.89 67.5
7.5 81 1.72 19.4
7.25 26 31.45 199.8
7.0 32 18.48 66.0
7.0 7 904.79 3231.4
25
Hence, for each of the given magnitudes and epicentral distances, the values of A0 and the peak
ground motion amplitudes (i.e., A/2800) are as shown in Table P5.11b. The peak ground dis-
placement for which the building should be designed is thus 3.23 m.
Problem 5.12
The undamped natural frequency and damping ratio of a commercial accelerograph are 25 Hz
and 60 per cent, respectively. What would be the error introduced by the accelerograph in the
recording of a sinusoidal ground acceleration with a frequency of 12.5 Hz due to the non-
uniform frequency response of the instrument?
Solution:
According to Equation 5.28, the relationship between the response of a single-degree-of-freedom
system under a sinusoidal excitation and the ground acceleration is given by
ω2
&u&g (t − φ) = − n u (t )
D
where üg(t) signifies ground acceleration, u(t) denotes the displacement response of the system,
ω represents the system’s natural frequency, φ is a phase angle, and
1
D=
ω ω
[1 − ( ) 2 ]2 + [2ξ ]2
ωn ωn
which for the accelerograph under consideration results as
1
D= = 1.041
12.5 2 2 12.5 2
[1 − ( ) ] + [2(0.6) ]
25 25
Therefore, since D deviates from unity by 4.1%, the error introduced by the accelerograph is
Error = 4.1%
26
CHAPTER 6
Problem 6.1
Suppose the predominant horizontal ground shaking during an earthquake can be assumed sinu-
soidal with a frequency of 5 Hz. A rigid body with a mass of 1 kilogram rests freely on the
ground and just starts slipping during an earthquake. If the coefficient of friction between the
ground and the body is around 0.5, estimate the peak displacement of the ground during the
earthquake.
Solution:
Since the body is rigid, its acceleration is equal to the ground acceleration. That is, u&&b = u&&g . Al-
so, since the force in the body when it just starts moving is approximate equal to the friction
force, one has that
F = μN = 0.5mg
and correspondingly, the peak acceleration with which the body will move is
F
u&&b = = 0.5 g
m
Thus, since it can be assumed that the ground shaking is sinusoidal with a frequency of 5 Hz, the
ground acceleration is given by
u&&g (t ) = u&&b (t ) = 0.5 g sin ωt
u&&g (t ) = −ω2u0 sin ωt
where u0 denotes ground displacement amplitude. Hence, one has that
ω2u0 = 0.5 g
and thus the peak displacement of the ground is approximately equal to
0.5 g 0.5(9.81)
u0 = 2 = = 0.00497 m = 4.97 mm
ω (2π) 2 (5) 2
Problem 6.2
Figure P6.2 shows the elastic response spectrum for the S38W accelerogram recorded at the Un-
ion Bank Building in Los Angeles, California, during the 1971 San Fernando earthquake. Esti-
mate from this response spectrum the maximum ground displacement at the recording site during
that earthquake.
Figure P6.2. Elastic response spectrum for the accelerogram recorded in the S38W direction at the Union
Bank Building in Los Angeles, California, during the 1971 San Fernando earthquake
27
Solution:
Since for very long periods, the spectral displacement and the peak ground displacement are ap-
proximately equal, from the right hand side of the response spectrum curve, one has that
Peak ground displacement ≈ 3 inches
Problem 6.3
The total-deformation response spectrum for elastoplastic systems with 5 per cent damping of
the N21E accelerogram recorded at the Castaic station during the 1971 San Fernando earthquake
is shown in Figure P6.3. The recording station was located at a distance of 48 km from the earth-
quake epicenter. On the basis of this spectrum and Richter’s attenuation equation for the magni-
tude of earthquakes in Southern California, estimate the local magnitude of the earthquake.
Figure P6.3. Total deformation nonlinear response spectrum for elastoplastic systems with 5 percent
damping corresponding to the N21E accelerogram recorded at the Castaic station during the 1971 San
Fernando earthquake
Solution:
For very small frequencies, the spectral displacements are approximately equal to the peak
ground displacement. Therefore, from the response spectrum, one has that
Peak ground displacement ≈ 2 in. = 5.1 cm = 5.1 × 104 μm
Now, according to Equation 5.12, one has that for Δ = 48 km
log A0 = 5.12 − 2.56 log Δ = 5.12 − 2.56 log(48) = 0.82
from which it is found that
A0 = 100.82 = 6.55 μm
Thus, since the magnified displacement recorded by a Wood-Anderson seismograph would be
A = 5.1× 104 × 2800 = 142.8 × 106 μm
the local magnitude of the earthquake is approximately equal to
A 142.8 × 106
M L = log = log = 7.3
A0 6.55
Problem 6.4
Using the response spectrum in Figure P6.4a, construct a design spectrum by drawing an
envelope to the 5 per cent damping response spectrum; that is, by drawing lines perpendicular to
the displacement, velocity, and acceleration axes through the points of maximum spectral dis-
placement, maximum spectral velocity, and maximum spectral acceleration for 5 per cent damp-
28
ing. On the basis of this design spectrum, determine the design lateral earthquake force for the
power transformer shown in Figure P6.4b. The transformer is supported by a steel pedestal and
can be idealized as a single-degree-of-freedom system.
Envelope
W = 1140 Lb
c.g.
20 ft
E= 30 X 10 psi
I= 72.5 in4
Figure P6.4. (a) Response spectrum for N11W component of Eureka, California, earthquake of
December 21, 1954 and (b) simplified model of power transformer
Solution:
The stiffness and mass of the transformer are
3EI 3 × 106 (72.5)
k= 3 = = 472 Lb/in
L (20 × 12)3
W 1140
m= = = 2.95 Lb - s 2 / in
g 32.2 × 12
and thus its natural period is
2π 2π 2π
Tn = = = = 0.5 s
ωn k/m 472 / 2.95
Similarly, the envelope to the 5 percent damping response spectrum is as shown in Figure P6.4b,
and the spectral acceleration corresponding to a natural period of 0.5 s in the design spectrum de-
fined by this envelope is
SA = 0.55 g
Consequently, the transformer should be designed for a lateral force equal to
W 1140
FE = mSA = SA = (0.55 g ) = 627 lb
g g
Problem 6.5
Two identical 30-story towers are to be erected adjacent to each other. Their fundamental periods
are estimated to be about 3 seconds, and their lateral force resisting structures are designed to
withstand inelastic deformations of up to 6 times their yield values. Using the design spectrum
in Figure P6.5, which represents an envelope to yield deformation spectra in a tetralogarithmic
representation for a ductility factor of six, estimate the minimum clear distance that must be left
between the two towers to avoid collision.
29
SV (in/s) SD (in) SA (g)
4.0
0.2 2.0 f (Hz)

Figure P6.5. Design spectrum considered in Problem 6.5
Solution:
From the given yield deformation spectrum for a system with a natural frequency of 1/3.0=0.22
Hz, one has that
SV = 4.0 in/s
and thus
SV 4.0
uy = = = 1.91 in
ωn 2π / 3
Consequently, for a structure that is capable of sustaining inelastic deformations 6 times its yield
deformation (i.e., μ = 6.0), the maximum deformation is
umax = μu y = 6.0(1.91) = 11.46 in
Considering that each tower may vibrate in opposite directions, a collision may be avoided if
Clearance between towers = 2(11.46) = 22.9 in
Problem 6.6
An elastoplastic single-degree of freedom system with a mass of 2.95 kip-s2/in., a stiffness con-
stant of 472 kip/in., a damping ratio of 5 per cent, and a yield strength of 330 kips is subjected to
an earthquake ground motion whose yield deformation inelastic response spectrum is shown in
Figure P6.6. If this spectrum is for elastoplastic systems with 5 per cent damping, what is the
maximum relative displacement the system's mass will experience under this ground motion?
Figure P6.6. Yield deformation response spectrum for 5-percent damping elastoplastic systems of the E-
W accelerogram recorded during the 1972 Managua earthquake
Solution:
The initial natural frequency of the system is equal to
30
1 k 1 472
f = = = 2.0 Hz
2π m 2π 2.95
and its yield deformation equal to
Fy
330
uy = == 0.70 in
k 472
From the given spectrum, the ductility factor for a system with a natural frequency of 2.0 Hz and
a yield deformation of 0.70 is
μ = 3.0
Therefore, the maximum deformation or maximum relative displacement is
umax = μu y = 3.0(0.7) = 2.10 in
Problem 6.7
The yield deformation inelastic response spectrum shown in Figure P6.7 is representative of the
earthquake ground motions expected in a given area. On the basis of this response spectrum, find
the yield strength that will limit the displacements of an elastoplastic single-degree-of-freedom
system with a mass of 2.95 kip-s2/in, a stiffness constant of 472 kip/in, and a damping ratio of 5
per cent to values no grater than 5 times the displacement at which it yields.
Figure P6.7. Yield deformation response spectrum for 5-percent damping elastoplastic systems of the E-
W accelerogram recorded during the 1940 El Centro earthquake
Solution:
To be able to limit the displacements of the system to 5 times its yield deformation, it is neces-
sary to have a ductility factor μ of 5.0. Hence, from the given yield deformation spectrum, for a
natural frequency of
1 k 1 472
fn = = = 2.0 Hz
2π m 2π 2.95
and a ductility factor of 5.0, the yield deformation is
u y = 0.35 in
In consequence, the necessary yield strength is
Fy = ku y = 472(0.35) = 165 kips
31
Problem 6.8
Determine the ordinate corresponding to a frequency of 1.0 Hz in the amplitude Fourier
spectrum of a ground motion whose accelerations in m/s2 are defined by
⎧⎪e −t for t > 0
u&&g (t ) = ⎨
⎪⎩ 0 otherwise
Solution:
According to Equation 6.81, the Fourier spectrum of the given ground acceleration is
∞ ∞ ∞
F (ω) = ∫ u&&g (t )e − iωt dt = ∫ e − t e − iωt dt = ∫ e − (1+ iω) t dt
0 0 0
− 1 − (1+ iω) t ∞ 1
= [e ]0 =
1 + iω 1 + iω
Therefore, the amplitude response spectrum is given by
1 1 1
| F (ω) |= = =
| 1 + iω | 1+ ω 2
1 + (2π) 2 f 2
and for f = 1.0 Hz,
1
| F (ω = 2π) |= = 0.157 m/s
1 + ( 2 π) 2
Problem 6.9
During the calculation of the response spectrum ordinates for a given accelerogram, it is found
that at the end of the accelerogram the displacement and velocity responses of an undamped sin-
gle-degree-of-freedom system with a natural frequency of 2 Hz are 30 cm and 18 cm/s, respec-
tively. What is the ordinate corresponding to a period of 0.5 seconds in the amplitude Fourier
spectrum of the same accelerogram?
Solution:
According to Equation 6.105, the amplitude Fourier spectrum is given by
F (ω) = u& 2 (td ) + ω2u 2 (td )
where u& (td ) and u (td ) respectively represent the velocity and displacement responses of an un-
damped single-degree-of-freedom system at the end of the ground motion. Since in this case,
u& (td ) = 18 cm/s
and
u (td ) = 30 cm
then, for a period of 0.5 seconds, which corresponds to ω = 2π/0.5 = 4π rad/s, the Fourier ampli-
tude is
F (ω = 4π) = (18) 2 + (4π) 2 (30) 2 = 377.4 cm/s
32
CHAPTER 7
Problem 7.1
It is determined from paleoseismicity studies that a nearby fault has slipped up to 5 m in the past.
On the basis of this information, estimate the maximum moment magnitude of the earthquakes that
can occur at this fault.
Solution:
According to the empirical equations suggested by Wells and Coppersmith (see Equation 7.3), the
maximum magnitude of the earthquakes that can occur at a fault that has slipped 5 m in the past is
M w = 6.69 + 0.74 log D = 6.69 + 0.74 log(5) = 7.2
Problem 7.2
A site in southern California is overlain by soil deposits with an average shear wave velocity of
225 m/s over the top 30 m. The site is located 25 km away from a known earthquake fault. Find
the mean and the mean plus one standard deviation of the peak horizontal ground acceleration and
peak horizontal ground velocity that would be observed at the site in the event of a shallow earth-
quake with a moment magnitude of 7.0 at that fault.
Solution:
Using Joyner-Boore-Fumal attenuation equation in Table 7.1for
M w = 7.0
r = R 2 + h 2 = 252 + 5.57 2 = 25.61 km
and
VS = 225 m/s
the logarithm of the mean peak ground acceleration and the standard deviation of this logarithm
are
ln AH = −0.242 + 0.527( M w − 6) − 0.778 ln r − 0.371ln(VS / 1396)
= −0.242 + 0.527(7.0 − 6) − 0.778 ln(25.61) − 0.371ln(225 / 1396)
= −1.561
σln AH = 0.520
Thus, the mean peak ground acceleration and the mean plus one standard deviation of the peak
ground acceleration are
AH 0.50 = e −1.56 = 0.210g
AH 0.84 = e −1.561+ 0.520 = 0.353 g
Similarly, from the Joyner-Boore attenuation equation in Table 7.2 for
r = R 2 + 42 = 252 + 42 = 25.32 km
and
S =1
one obtains
log VH = 2.09 + 0.49( M w − 6) − log r − 0.26r + 0.17 S
= 2.09 + 0.49(7.0 − 6) − log(25.32) − 0.0026( 25.32) + 0.17(1)
= 1.281cm/s
33
σlog VH = 0.33
VH 0.50 = 101.281 = 19.1cm/s
VH 0.84 = 101.281+ 0.33 = 40.83 cm/s
Problem 7.3
Generate the expected 5% damping pseudoacceleration response spectrum for the site described in
Problem 7.2 and earthquakes with a moment magnitude of 7.0.
Solution:
From the attenuation equation and coefficients in Table 7.1, the mean 5% damping pseudoacce-
leration response spectrum for
M w = 7.0
r = 25.61 km
VS = 225 m/s
results as shown in Figure P7.3.
0.60
0.50
Spectral acceleration / g
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
Period (s)
Figure P7.3. Acceleration response spectrum for site described in Problem 7.2
Problem 7.4
An earthquake generated at a strike-slip fault in Manjil, Iran, had a moment magnitude of 7.4.
Find the mean and the mean plus one standard deviation of the peak horizontal ground acceleration
and peak horizontal ground velocity produced by this earthquake at a site overlain by soft rock and
located 4 km from the fault. The basement rock at the area near the fault is estimated to be at a
depth of 1400 m.
Solution:
Campbell’s attenuation equation in Table 7.3 for
M w = 7.4
D = 1.4 km
r = 42 + 1.42 = 4.24 km
F =0
S SR = 1
S HR = 0
fV ( D) = 0
34
yields
ln( AH ) = −3.512 + 0.904 M w − 1.328 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 M w )]2 + (0.440 − 0.171ln r ) S SR
= −3.512 + 0.904(7.4) − 1.328 ln 4.242 + [0.149 exp(0.647 × 7.4)]2 + [0.440 − 0.171ln(4.24)]1.0
= −0.495
from which one gets
( AH ) 0.5 = e −0.495 = 0.609 g
Also, since for AH > 0.21 g,
σln AH = 0.39
then
( AH )0.84 = e −0.495 + 0.39 = 0.900 g
Similarly,
ln(VH ) = ln( AH ) + 0.26 + 0.29 M w − 1.44 ln[r + 0.0203 exp(0.958M w )] + 1.89 ln[r + 0.361exp(0.576 M w )]
+ (0.0001 − 0.000565M w )r − 0.15S SR + 0.75 tanh(0.51D)(1 − S HR )
= −0.495 + 0.26 + 0.29(7.4) − 1.44 ln[4.24 + 0.0203 exp(0.958 × 7.4)] + 1.89 ln[4.24 + 0.361exp(0.576 × 7.4)]
+ (0.0001 − 0.000565 × 7.4) 4.24 − 0.15(1.0) + 0.75 tanh(0.51 × 1.4)(1.0)
= 3.795
σln(VH ) = σln2 AH + 0.06 2 = 0.39 2 + 0.06 2 = 0.395
and, thus,
(VH )0.5 = e3.795 = 44.5 cm/s
(V H ) 0.84 = e 3.795 + 0.395 = 66 .0 cm/s
Problem 7.5
Obtain the expected 5% damping pseudoacceleration response spectrum for the site described in
Problem 7.4 and earthquakes with a moment magnitude of 7.4.
Solution:
From the attenuation equation and coefficients in Table 7.3 and for
M w = 7.4
D = 1.4 km
r = 42 + 1.42 = 4.24 km
S SR = 1
S HR = 0
f SA ( D) = 0
the mean 5-per-cent damping pseudoacceleration response spectrum results as shown in Figure
P7.5.
35
1.4
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Period (s)
Problem 7.6
Find the mean and the mean plus one standard deviation of the peak horizontal ground acceleration
at a site overlying deposits of firm soil and located at a distance of 100 km from a subduction zone
in central Chile when an earthquake with a moment magnitude of 7.9 and a focal depth of 31 km
occurs at this subduction zone.
Solution:
Using Youngs et al. attenuation equation for ground motions on soil in Table 7.4 with
M w = 7.9
r = 100 km
H = 31 km
ZT = 0
one gets
ln AH = −0.6687 + 1.438M w − 2.329 ln[r + 1.097 exp(0.617 M w )] + 0.00648H
= −0.6687 + 1.438(7.9) − 2.329 ln[100 + 1.097 exp(0.617 × 7.9)] + 0.00648(31)
= −1.906
and
σln AH = 1.45 − 0.1M w = 1.45 − 0.1(7.9)
=0.66
Thus, the mean and mean plus one standard deviation peak horizontal ground acceleration in
question are
( AH )0.5 = e −1.906 = 0.149 g
( AH )0.84 = e −1.906 + 0.66 = 0.288 g
Problem 7.7
Determine the expected 5% damping acceleration response spectrum for the site described in Prob-
lem 7.6 and earthquakes with a moment magnitude of 7.9.
Solution:
For
M w = 7.9
36
r = 100 km
H = 31 km
ZT = 0
the attenuation equation for ground motions on soil in Table 7.4 yields the mean 5% damping acce-
leration response spectrum shown in Figure P7.7.
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Period (s)
Problem 7.8
The number of earthquakes recorded in a seismically active region over a period of 120 years is
shown in Table P7.8. Basing the calculations on the central values of the given magnitude ranges,
(a) estimate the parameters of the Gutenberg-Richter law for the region; and
(b) calculate neglecting earthquakes with a magnitude of less than 4.0 the probability that an
earthquake in the region will have a magnitude between 6.5 and 7.5.
Table P7.8. Earthquake data for Problem 7.8

Magnitude Number of earthquakes in
range 120 years
3.5-4.5 420
4.5-5.5 27
5.5-6.5 4
6.5-7.5 1
Solution:
(a) On the basis of the given data, the logarithm of the number of earthquakes per year that exceed
a magnitude of 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, or 7.0 is as shown in Table P7.8b. Performing then a correlation anal-
ysis of magnitude versus log λm, one obtains
log λ m = 3.960 − 0.877m
Table P7.8b. Number of earthquakes per year that exceed given magnitudes
Magnitude No. of earthquakes No. of earthquakes per year log λm
(m) with magnitude > m with magnitude > m (λm)
4 452 3.767 0.576
5 32 0.267 -0.574
6 5 0.042 -1.380
7 1 0.008 -2.079
37
Therefore, the parameters of the Gutenberg-Richter law for the region in question are
a = 3.960
b = 0.877
(b) Using the Gutenberg-Richter law determined above, the number of earthquakes per year with a
magnitude greater that 4.0, 6.5 or 7.5 is
λ 4.0 = 103.960 − 0.877 ( 4.0 ) = 2.831
λ 6.5 = 103.960 − 0.877 ( 6.5) = 0.018
λ 7.5 = 103.960 − 0.877 ( 7.5) = 0.002
Therefore, the probability of that an earthquake in the region in question will have a magnitude be-
tween 6.5 and 7.5 is
0.018 − 0.002
P[6.5 < M < 7.5] = = 0.006
2.831
Problem 7.9
The average number of earthquakes exceeding a magnitude Mw in a year in a seismic region is giv-
en by
log N = 4.97 − 0.87 M w
What is the probability that an earthquake of magnitude 5.0 or greater occur at least once in a 50-
year interval?
Solution:
For Mw > 0 and Mw > 5.0 one has that
ln N 0 = 4.97 − 0.87(0) = 4.97
N 0 = e 4.97 = 144.0269
ln N 5 = 4.97 − 0.87(5) = 0.62
N 5 = e0.62 = 1.8589
Thus, the probability of occurrence of an earthquake of magnitude greater than 5.0 in one year is
approximately equal to
N5 1.8589
λ= = = 0.0129
N 0 144.0269
and, if the Poisson probability distribution is used, the probability of an earthquake of magnitude
5.0 or greater occur at least once in 50 years is
P ( X t ≥ 1) = 1 − e − λt = 1 − e −0.0129(50) = 0.475
Problem 7.10
It is found from the analysis of the occurrences of earthquakes near a construction site over a pe-
riod of 200 years and the use of an attenuation equation to estimate peak ground accelerations that
eight times over the considered period the peak ground acceleration at the site is greater than 0.25g.
What is the probability that the site be subjected to a peak ground acceleration greater than 0.25g in
a time interval of 100 years?
Solution:
According to the given data,
38
8
mean occurrence rate = λ = = 0.04
200
Therefore, if the Poisson probability distribution is used, the probability that the site be subjected to
a peak ground acceleration greater than 0.25g in a time interval of 100 years is
P[ X 100 ≥ 1] = 1 − e − λt = 1 − e −0.04(100 ) = 0.982
Problem 7.11
A regression analysis between the peak ground acceleration (expressed as a fraction of the accele-
ration of gravity) at a site and the frequency with which this acceleration has been exceeded in the
past yields the empirical equation
a = 0.33 log TR − 0.323
where a represents peak ground acceleration and TR denotes return period. Using this equation and
assuming that the number of occurrences of an earthquake with given intensity is given by a Pois-
son process, determine
(a) the probability that the ground acceleration at the given site exceed 1.0g in a time interval
of 100 years; and
(b) the peak ground acceleration corresponding to a probability of exceedance of 1 per cent in
a time interval of 50 years.
Solution:
(a) Substitution of a = 1.0g into the given empirical equation yields
1.0 + 0.323
log TR = = 4.0091
0.33
from which one finds that
TR = 10 4.0091 = 10,211.5 years
Thus, the mean annual rate of exceedance is
1 1
λ= = = 9.793 × 10 − 5
TR 10,211.5
and, if a Poisson process is considered, the probability of exceeding 1.0g in 100 years is equal to
−5
P ( X 100 ≥ 1) = 1 − e − λt = 1 − e − (9.793×10 )(100 )
= 0.0097
(b) Similarly, the probability of exceedance of 1 per cent in 50 years is given by
P ( X 50 ≥ 1) = 1 − e − λt = 1 − e −50λ
Thus, one has that
1 − e −50λ = 0.01
1 1
λ= ln( ) = 0.0002
50 0.99
and
1 1
TR = = = 4,975 years
λ 0.0002
Hence, the peak ground acceleration corresponding to a probability of exceedance of 1 per cent in
50 years is equal to
a = 0.33 log(4,975) − 0.323 = 0.897 g
39
Problem 7.12
The frequency with which earthquakes occur at a fault 40 km from a construction site is given in
Table P7.12 in terms of their moment magnitude. Using this information and the approach de-
scribed in Section 7.6, construct a frequency-peak ground acceleration curve and estimate on the
basis of this curve the peak ground acceleration at the construction site that has a 30% probability
of being exceeded in a time interval of 50 years. Assume an average shear wave velocity for the
site soil of 30 m/s. Base your calculations on the central values of the given magnitude ranges.
Table P7.12. Earthquake data for Problem 7.12

Magnitude Number of earthquakes in
range 100 years
4.75 - 5.75 250
5.75 - 6.75 78
6.75 - 8.25 2
Solution:
Using Boore-Joyner-Fumal attenuation equation to estimate the peak ground acceleration at the
site, one obtains the logarithm of the mean recurrence rates corresponding to the given magnitude
ranges shown in Table P17.12b.
Table P7.12b. Mean recurrence rates for given magnitudes

Mw Mean PGA/g No. of exceedances per year (λ) log λ
5.25 0.053 (250+78+2)/100 = 3.3 0.519
6.25 0.089 (78+2)/100 = 0.8 -0.097
7.5 0.172 2/100 = 0.02 -1.699
Similarly, by performing a regression analysis with the PGA and log λ values in this table, one gets
the following equation to relate PGA and mean recurrence rate, which when plotted represents the
desired frequency-peak ground acceleration curve:
log λ = −18.751 PGA + 1.537
But from the fact that a probability of exceedance in 50 years is 30%, one has that
P[ X 50 ≥ 1] = 1 − e − λ (50) = 0.3
and, in consequence,
ln(0.70)
λ=− = 0.007
50
Hence, upon substitution of this value into the equation developed above, the peak ground accele-
ration corresponding to the aforementioned probability of exceedance is given by
log(0.007) − 1.537
PGA = − = 0.196 g
18.751
Problem 7.13
The data shown in Table P7.13 represent the estimated values of the peak ground accelerations in-
duced by the earthquakes that have occurred in the vicinity of a construction site over a period of
20 years. Using these data and the approach described in Section 7.7, find:
(a) an expression to determine the mean annual frequency with which a given peak ground ac-
celeration would be exceeded at the site;
(b) the peak ground acceleration at the site corresponding to a return period of 500 years; and
40
(c) the peak ground acceleration at the site corresponding to an exceedance probability of 1%
in 50 years.
Table P7.13. Peak ground acceleration data for Problem 7.13

Peak ground Peak ground Peak ground
Year acceleration/g Year acceleration/g Year acceleration/g
1978 0.392 1984 0.444 1991 0.432
1979 0.343 1985 0.000 1992 0.000
1980 0.523 1986 0.423 1993 0.586
1981 0.623 1986 0.333 1993 0.000
1982 0.387 1987 0.354 1994 0.427
1982 0.098 1988 0.000 1995 0.419
1983 0.413 1989 0.345 1995 0.118
1983 0.312 1989 0.498 1996 0.405
1984 0.367 1990 0.600 1997 0.478
Solution:
(a) Following the procedure described in Box 7.2, the given peak ground acceleration data is first
rearranged in ascending order. Then, the cumulative frequencies of occurrence and the values of
the standard variable s for each of the peak ground accelerations in the list are calculated as indi-
cated in Box 7.1. The rearranged peak accelerations and the resulting cumulative frequencies and
values of the standard variable s are shown in the Table 7.13b.
Table P17.13b. Rearranged peak accelerations and cumulative frequencies of standard variable s
j aj ln aj j/21 s j = − ln[− ln( j / 21)]
1 0 - 0.047619 -1.11334
2 0 - 0.095238 -0.85500
3 0 - 0.142857 -0.66573
4 0.343 -1.07002 0.190476 -0.50575
5 0.354 -1.03846 0.238095 -0.36122
6 0.387 -0.94933 0.285714 -0.22535
7 0.392 -0.93649 0.333333 -0.09405
8 0.405 -0.90387 0.380952 0.03554
9 0.413 -0.88431 0.428571 0.16570
10 0.419 -0.86988 0.476190 0.29849
11 0.423 -0.86038 0.523810 0.43598
12 0.427 -0.85097 0.571429 0.58050
13 0.432 -0.83933 0.619048 0.73486
14 0.444 -0.81193 0.666667 0.90272
15 0.478 -0.73814 0.714286 1.0892
16 0.498 -0.69716 0.761905 1.30220
17 0.523 -0.64817 0.809524 1.55443
18 0.586 -0.53444 0.857143 1.86982
19 0.600 -0.51083 0.904762 2.30175
20 0.623 -0.47321 0.952381 3.02023
41
Performing now a regression analysis between the values of ln aj and sj, one obtains a straight line
with
Slope = 0.1758
Intercept = −0.9365
Hence, the parameters of the Type II extreme-value probability distribution are
1
γ= = 5.688
0.1758
σ = e −0.9365 = 0.392
and thus the relationship between frequency of exceedance and peak ground acceleration is
⎡ ⎛ a ⎞ −5.688 ⎤
λ a = 1 − exp ⎢− ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎝ 0.392 ⎠ ⎥⎦
(b) Since for a return period of 500 years,
1
λa = = 0.002
500
from the frequency-peak ground acceleration expression just developed the peak ground accelera-
tion corresponding to a return period of 500 years is
1
−
a = 0.392[− ln(1 − 0.002)] 5.688 = 1.17 g
(c) Similarly, for a probability of exceedance of 1 percent in 50 years one has that
P ( X 50 ≥ 1) = 1 − eλ a (50 ) = 0.01
and thus that
ln(0.99)
λa = − = 2.01 × 10 − 4
50
Therefore, the peak ground acceleration corresponding to a probability of exceedance of 1 percent
in 50 years is equal to
1
−
a = 0.392[− ln(1 − 2.01 × 10 − 4 )] 5.688 = 1.75 g
Problem 7.14
A multi-story building is to be built in the city of Anaheim, California, which lies over deposits of
alluvium with shear wave velocities of 790, 1000, and 1670 ft/s at depths between 0 and 38 ft, 38
and 80 ft, and 80 and 95 ft, respectively. The historical seismic activity within a 100-mile radius
from the building site is summarized in Table P7.14, where the magnitude of all the earthquakes
in record and the corresponding epicentral distances from the site to the causative seismic
sources are listed. Using these data, the attenuation laws proposed by Boore, Joyner, and Fumal,
and the semi-probabilistic approach described in Section 7.7, construct frequency-intensity curves
for the expected peak ground accelerations at the site. Then, on the basis of these curves and con-
sidering that the life expectancy of the building is 45 years,
(a) draw exceedance probability curves for time intervals of 50, 100, and 500 years;
(b) obtain the peak ground acceleration at the building site for an exceedance probability of
10%; and
(c) determine the peak ground accelerations at the building site and the associated probabilities
of exceedance corresponding to return periods of 100, 500, and 1000 years.
42
Table P7.14. Seismicity data for Problem 7.14
Site Approximate
Latitude Longitude Depth Earthquake intensity distance
North West Date (km) magnitude MM mi (km)
33.000 117.300 11/22/1800 0.000 6.500 IV 69 (111)
33.700 117.900 12/08/1812 0.000 6.900 IX 11 (017)
34.000 119.000 09/24/1827 0.000 5.500 III 64 (102)
32.700 117.200 05/27/1862 0.000 5.900 III 90 (144)
34.100 116.700 02/07/1889 0.000 5.300 III 71 (144)
34.100 117.900 08/28/1889 0.000 5.200 VI 17 (027)
33.400 116.300 02/09/1890 0.000 6.300 III 98 (157)
34.300 118.600 04/04/1893 0.000 5.400 IV 50 (081)
34.100 119.400 05/19/1893 0.000 5.500 II 87 (140)
34.300 117.600 07/30/1894 0.000 5.900 V 35 (057)
32.800 116.800 10/23/1894 0.000 5.700 II 97 (156)
34.200 117.400 7/22/1899 0.000 5.500 V 37 (060)
34.300 117.500 7/22/1899 0.000 6.500 VI 38 (062)
33.800 117.000 12/25/1899 0.000 6.600 V 52 (084)
34.200 117.100 9/2/1907 0.000 5.300 IV 52 (083)
33.700 117.400 4/11/1910 0.000 5.000 V 31 (050)
33.700 117.400 5/13/1910 0.000 5.000 V 31 (050)
33.700 117.400 5/15/1910 0.000 6.000 VI 31 (050)
33.500 116.500 9/30/1916 0.000 5.000 II 84 (136)
34.900 118.900 10/23/1916 0.000 5.200 II 92 (148)
34.700 119.000 10/23/1916 0.000 5.200 II 85 (137)
33.750 117.000 4/21/1918 0.000 6.600 V 52 (084)
33.750 117.000 6/6/1918 0.000 5.000 III 52 (084)
33.200 116.700 1/1/1920 0.000 5.000 II 83 (133)
34.000 117.250 7/23/1923 0.000 6.000 V 39 (062)
34.000 119.500 2/18/1926 0.000 5.000 II 92 (148)
34.000 118.500 8/4/1927 0.000 5.000 IV 35 (057)
34.180 116.920 1/16/1930 0.000 5.200 III 61 (098)
34.180 116.920 1/16/1930 0.000 5.100 III 61 (098)
33.950 118.632 8/31/1930 0.000 5.200 IV 42 (068)
33.617 117.967 3/11/1933 0.000 6.300 VII 17 (027)
33.750 118.083 3/11/1933 0.000 5.000 VI 13 (020)
33.750 118.083 3/11/1933 0.000 5.100 VII 13 (020)
33.750 118.083 3/11/1933 0.000 5.000 VI 13 (020)
33.700 118.067 3/11/1933 0.000 5.100 VI 14 (023)
33.575 117.983 3/11/1933 0.000 5.200 VI 20 (032)
33.683 118.050 3/11/1933 0.000 5.500 VII 15 (024)
33.700 118.067 3/11/1933 0.000 5.100 VI 14 (023)
33.750 118.083 3/11/1933 0.000 5.100 VII 13 (020)
33.850 118.267 3/11/1933 0.000 5.000 V 21 (033)
33.750 118.083 3/13/1933 0.000 5.300 VII 13 (020)
33.617 118.017 3/14/1933 0.000 5.100 VI 18 (029)
33.783 118.133 10/2/1933 0.000 5.400 VII 14 (023)
34.100 116.800 10/24/1935 0.000 5.100 III 65 (105)
33.408 116.261 3/25/1937 10.000 6.000 II 99 (160)
33.699 117.511 5/31/1938 10.000 5.500 VI 25 (040)
43
Table P7.14 (continued). Seismicity data for Problem P7.14
Site Approximate
Latitude Longitude Depth Earthquake intensity distance mi
North West Date (km) Magnitude MM (km)
34.083 116.300 5/18/1940 0.000 5.400 II 93 (150)
34.067 116.333 5/18/1940 0.000 5.200 II 91 (147)
34.067 116.333 5/18/1940 0.000 5.000 II 91 (147)
34.867 118.933 9/21/1941 0.000 5.200 II 91 (147)
33.783 118.250 11/14/1941 0.000 5.400 VI 20 (33)
34.267 116.967 8/29/1943 0.000 5.500 III 61 (98)
33.976 116.721 6/12/1944 10.000 5.100 III 68 (110)
33.994 116.712 6/12/1944 10.000 5.300 III 69 (111)
33.950 116.850 9/28/1946 0.000 5.000 III 61 (98)
34.017 116.500 7/24/1947 0.000 5.500 III 81 (131)
34.017 116.500 7/25/1947 0.000 5.000 II 81 (131)
34.017 116.500 7/25/1947 0.000 5.200 II 81 (131)
34.017 116.500 7/26/1947 0.000 5.100 II 81 (131)
33.267 119.450 11/18/1947 0.000 5.000 I 98 (157)
33.933 116.383 12/4/1948 0.000 6.500 III 87 (141)
32.817 118.350 12/26/1951 0.000 5.900 III 76 (123)
34.950 118.867 7/21/1952 0.000 5.300 II 93 (150)
35.000 118.833 7/23/1952 0.000 5.400 II 95 (153)
35.000 119.833 7/23/1952 0.000 5.200 II 95 (153)
34.900 118.950 8/1/1952 0.000 5.100 II 93 (150)
34.519 118.198 8/23/1952 13.100 5.000 III 49 (078)
35.150 118.633 1/27/1954 0.000 5.000 I 98 (158)
34.983 118.983 5/23/1954 0.000 5.100 I 99 (159)
34.941 118.987 11/15/1961 10.700 5.000 I 97 (156)
34.932 118.976 3/1/1963 13.900 5.000 I 96 (155)
33.710 116.925 9/23/1963 16.500 5.000 III 57 (092)
34.712 116.503 9/25/1965 10.600 5.200 II 99 (160)
33.343 116.346 4/28/1969 20.000 5.800 II 96 (155)
33.291 119.193 10/24/1969 10.000 5.100 II 84 (135)
34.270 117.540 9/12/1970 8.000 5.400 V 35 (057)
34.411 118.401 2/9/1971 8.400 6.400 V 48 (077)
34.411 118.401 2/9/1971 8.000 5.800 IV 48 (077)
34.411 118.401 2/9/1971 8.000 5.800 IV 48 (077)
34.411 118.401 2/9/1971 8.000 5.300 IV 48 (077)
34.308 118.454 2/9/1971 6.200 5.200 IV 44 (071)
34.065 119.035 2/21/1973 8.000 5.900 IV 66 (107)
33.986 119.475 8/6/1973 16.900 5.000 II 90 (145)
34.516 116.495 6/1/1975 4.500 5.200 II 92 (149)
33.944 118.681 1/1/1979 11.300 5.000 IV 45 (072)
34.327 116.445 3/15/1979 2.500 5.200 II 90 (144)
33.501 116.513 2/25/1980 13.600 5.500 II 84 (135)
33.671 119.111 9/4/1981 0.000 5.400 III 70 (113)
No. of records: 88
Maximum magnitude during time interval: 6.9
Maximum intensity during time interval: IX
Distance from site to nearest historical earthquake: 11 mi (17 km)
Number of years in considered time interval: 186
44
Solution:
Considering the magnitudes and epicentral distances given in Table P7.14, Joyner-Boore-Fumal at-
tenuation equations, and an average shear wave velocity for the upper 30 m of the site soil equal to
790(38) + 1000( 42) + 1670(15)
vs = = 1021.8 ft/s = 311 m/s
95
one obtains the peak ground accelerations listed in ascending order in Table P7.14b below. Then,
following the procedure described in Box 7.2 one arrives to the ln aj and sj values given in this
same table. Performing thereafter a regression analysis with these ln aj and sj values, one finds that
the parameters of the straight line that best fits these values are
Slope = 0.6149
Intercept = −4.8849
In consequence, the parameters of the Type II probability distribution that best fits the given seis-
micity data are
1
γ= = 1.6263
0.6149
σ = e −4.8849 = 0.00756
and the corresponding equation for this probability distribution is
⎡ ⎛ a ⎞
−1.6263
⎤
λ a = 1 − exp ⎢− ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎝ 0.00756 ⎠ ⎥⎦
where λa denotes the annual probability of exceedance.
(a) Using this equation in combination with the equation for a Poisson distribution, the proba-
bilities of exceeding a given peak ground acceleration in 50, 100, and 500 years are given by
P ( X 50 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −50λ a
P ( X 100 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −100λ a
P ( X 500 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −500λ a
which lead to the exceedance probability curves shown in Figure P7.14.
1.0
0.9
t = 500 yr
0.8
Probability of exceedance
0.7
t = 100 yr
0.6
0.5
t = 50 yr
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Peak ground acceleration / g
Figure P7.14. Exceedance probability curves for 50, 100, and 500 years
45
Table 7.14b. Sorted seismicity data
j Year Mw Dist. (km) aj ln aj j/187 s j = − ln[− ln( j / 187)]
144 1961 5.0 156 0.0159 -4.1414 0.7701 1.3421
145 1954 5.1 159 0.0165 -4.1044 0.7754 1.3689
146 1926 5.0 148 0.0166 -4.0984 0.7807 1.3963
147 1965 5.2 160 0.0173 -4.0570 0.7861 1.4243
148 1920 5.0 133 0.0180 -4.0174 0.7914 1.4529
149 1975 5.2 149 0.0183 -4.0009 0.7968 1.4821
150 1979 5.2 144 0.0188 -3.9739 0.8021 1.5120
151 1916 5.2 137 0.0196 -3.9322 0.8075 1.5426
152 1889 5.3 144 0.0198 -3.9221 0.8128 1.5739
153 1952 5.4 153 0.0200 -3.9120 0.8182 1.6061
154 1940 5.4 150 0.0203 -3.8971 0.8235 1.6391
155 1893 5.5 140 0.0225 -3.7942 0.8289 1.6730
156 1935 5.1 105 0.0228 -3.7810 0.8342 1.7079
157 1946 5.0 98 0.0228 -3.7810 0.8396 1.7438
158 1980 5.5 135 0.0232 -3.7636 0.8449 1.7807
159 1947 5.5 131 0.0237 -3.7423 0.8503 1.8189
160 1963 5.0 92 0.0240 -3.7297 0.8556 1.8583
161 1944 5.3 111 0.0243 -3.7173 0.8610 1.8991
162 1969 5.8 155 0.0244 -3.7132 0.8663 1.9413
163 1981 5.4 113 0.0253 -3.6770 0.8717 1.9852
164 1937 6.0 160 0.0264 -3.6344 0.8770 2.0307
165 1862 5.9 144 0.0272 -3.6045 0.8824 2.0781
166 1827 5.5 102 0.0288 -3.5474 0.8877 2.1276
167 1943 5.5 98 0.0297 -3.5166 0.8930 2.1794
168 1907 5.3 83 0.0304 -3.4933 0.8984 2.2336
169 1951 5.9 123 0.0308 -3.4802 0.9037 2.2906
170 1890 6.3 157 0.0314 -3.4609 0.9091 2.3506
171 1930 5.2 68 0.0377 -3.2781 0.9144 2.4141
172 1973 5.9 107 0.0343 -3.3726 0.9198 2.4815
173 1927 5.0 57 0.0347 -3.3610 0.9251 2.5534
174 1948 6.5 141 0.0380 -3.2702 0.9305 2.6303
175 1970 5.4 57 0.0429 -3.1489 0.9358 2.7132
176 1800 6.5 111 0.0457 -3.0857 0.9412 2.8031
177 1923 6.0 62 0.0551 -2.8986 0.9465 2.9012
178 1894 5.9 57 0.0558 -2.8860 0.9519 3.0093
179 1971 6.4 77 0.0576 -2.8542 0.9572 3.1299
180 1938 5.5 40 0.0593 -2.8251 0.9626 3.2662
181 1899 6.6 84 0.0598 -2.8167 0.9679 3.4231
182 1918 6.6 84 0.0598 -2.8167 0.9733 3.6082
183 1910 6.0 50 0.0651 -2.7318 0.9786 3.8340
184 1941 5.4 33 0.0651 -2.7318 0.9840 4.1244
185 1933 6.3 27 0.1217 -2.1062 0.9893 4.5326
186 1812 6.9 17 0.2338 -1.4533 0.9947 5.2284
(b) For an exceedance probability of 10% in 45 years, one has that

P ( X 45 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −45λ a = 0.1
46
ln(0.9)
λa = − = 0.00234
45
Thus, upon substitution of this value in the equation for the annual probability of exceedance de-
rived above and after solving for the peak ground acceleration, one arrives to
1
−
a = 0.00756[− ln(1 − 0.00234)] 1.6263 = 0.31g
(c) In terms of return periods, the peak ground acceleration is given by
1
1 − 1.6263
a = 0.00756[ − ln(1 − )]
TR
and the associated probabilities of exceedance by
P ( X 45 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −45 / TR
where TR signifies return period. Therefore, for return periods of 100, 500, and 1000 years, the
peak ground accelerations expected at the site and the associated probabilities of exceedance are as
shown in Table P7.14.
Table P7.14c. Probabilities of exceedance for return periods of 100, 500, and 1000 years
TR a P(Xt ≥ 1)
100 0.128g 0.362
500 0.345g 0.086
1000 0.529g 0.044
Problem 7.15
The site shown in Figure P7.15 is overlain by deposits of firm soil and located near two seismic
sources: Fault A and Fault B. Fault A is a strike-slip fault while Fault B is a reverse one. The loca-
tion of these two faults with respect to the site is as shown in the figure, where the given coordinates
are in kilometers. The moment magnitudes of the largest earthquakes that can be produced at these
two faults are 8.0 for Fault A and 9.0 for Fault B. Their seismicity is described, respectively, by the
following Gutenberg-Richter laws:
log λ m = 4.0 − 0.7 M w
log λ m = 3.0 − 0.75M w
Using the probabilistic approach described in Section 7.8, Campbell’s attenuation equations, and a
lower threshold magnitude of 5.0 for both faults,
(a) determine the mean annual probabilities that the peak ground acceleration at the site exceed
0.10g and 0.40g;
(b) construct an approximate frequency-peak ground acceleration curve for the site using these
two probabilities; and
(c) using this frequency-intensity curve, estimate the probability that the peak ground acceleration
at the site exceed 0.25g in 50 years.
(20,30)
B
ult
Fa
Site (60,15)
(0,20)
(10,10)
Fau
lt A
(40,0)
Figure P7.15 Site and nearby faults in Problem 7.15 (coordinates in km)
47
Solution:
(a) From the given location of the two faults with respect to the site, the closest distance from the
site to the source is 25 km for Fault A and 47.7 km for Fault B. The respective maximum distances
are 50.2 km and 60.2 km. The fault lengths are 31.6 km for Fault A and 22.4 km for Fault B. From
the given Gutenberg-Richter laws and the lower threshold magnitude of 5.0, it is similarly found
that the annual frequency of the lower threshold magnitude is (see Section 7.5.3)
λ m0 = exp[2.303(4.0) − 2.303(0.7)(5.0)] = 3.163 events/yr for Fault A
λ m0 = exp[2.303(3.0) − 2.303(0.75)(5.0)] = 0.178 events/yr for Fault B
Now, for the given site, SSR and SHR are both equal to zero, and F = 0 for Fault A and F = 1
for Fault B. Therefore, according to Campbell’s attenuation equation, the mean peak ground ac-
celeration is given by
ln( AH ) = −3.512 + 0.904m − 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2
for Fault A, and by
ln( AH ) = −3.512 + 0.904m − 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2 + (1.125 − 0.112 ln r − 0.0957 m)
= −2.387 + 0.808m − 0.112 ln r − 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2
for Fault B. Note that for consistency with the form of Equation 7.38, Mw has been substituted by
m in the preceding equations. In like manner, the standard deviation of ln(AH) for both faults is
given by
σln AH = 0.173 − 0.140 ln( AH ) = 0.173 − 0.140 ln(0.10) = 0.495
when AH = 0.10g, and
σln AH = 0.39
when AH = 0.40g.
Probability that peak ground acceleration exceed 0.10 g.
For AH = 0.10g and in terms of magnitude and source-to-site distance, the standard variable z
given by Equation 7.39 may be expressed as
ln AH − E[ln AH ] ln(0.10) + 3.512 − 0.904m + 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2
z= =
σln AH 0.495
= 2.443 − 1.826m + 2.683 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2

for Fault A, and
ln AH − E[ln AH ] ln(0.10) + 2.387 − 0.808m + 0.112 ln r + 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2
z= =
σln AH 0.495
= 0.171 − 1.632m + 0.226 ln r + 2.683ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2

for Fault B. According to Equation 7.38, the probability that the peak ground acceleration ex-
ceed 0.10g is therefore equal to
s2
50.2 8.0 −z −[ +1.612( m − 5 )]
2(2.303)(0.7) re 2
P[Y > 0.10 g ] =
2π (31.6) ∫ ∫ ∫
r = 25 m = 5 s = −∞ r 2 − 252
dsdmdr = 0.041(8.553) = 0.348
for Fault A, and
48
s2
60.2 9.0 −z −[ +1.727( m − 5 )]
2(2.303)(0.75) re 2
P[Y > 0.10 g ] =
2π ( 22.4) ∫ ∫ ∫
r = 47.7 m = 5 s = −∞ r 2 − 47.7 2
dsdmdr = 0.062(2.126) = 0.131
for Fault B.
From Equation 7.33 and the values of λm0 obtained earlier, one finds thus that
λ1 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.10 g ] = (3.163)(0.348) = 1.101 events/yr
for Fault A, and
λ 2 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.10 g ] = (0.178)(0.131) = 0.023 events/yr
for Fault B. Upon substitution of these two values into Equation 7.31, the mean annual occur-
rence rate for the site is consequently equal to
λ y = 1.101 + 0.023 = 1.124 events/yr
Probability that peak ground acceleration exceed 0.40 g.
Proceeding similarly for AH = 0.40g, one arrives to
ln AH − E[ln AH ] ln(0.40) + 3.512 − 0.904m + 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2
z= =
σln AH 0.39
= 6.656 − 2.308m + 3.405 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2

s2
50.2 8.0 −z −[ +1.612( m − 5 )]
2(2.303)(0.7) re 2
P[Y > 0.40 g ] =
2π (31.6) ∫ ∫ ∫
r = 25 m = 5 s = −∞ r 2 − 252
dsdmdr = 0.041(0.112) = 0.005
λ1 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.10 g ] = (3.163)(0.005) = 0.016 events/yr

for Fault A,
ln AH − E[ln AH ] ln(0.40) + 2.387 − 0.808m + 0.112 ln r + 1.328ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2
z= =
σln AH 0.39
= 3.771 − 2.072m + 0.287 ln r + 3.405ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2

s2
60.2 9.0 −z −[ +1.727( m − 5 )]
2(2.303)(0.75) re 2
P[Y > 0.40 g ] =
2π ( 22.4) ∫ ∫ ∫
r = 47.7 m = 5 s = −∞
2
r − 47.7 2
dsdmdr = 0.062(0.019) = 1.178 × 10− 3
λ 2 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.40 g ] = (0.178)(1.178 × 10−3 ) = 2.097 × 10 −4 events/yr

for Fault B, and
λ y = 0.016 + 2.097 × 10−4 = 0.016 events/yr
for the site.
(b) With the determined mean recurrence rates for the peak ground accelerations of 0.10g and
0.40g, it is now possible to developed a frequency-intensity curve by passing a straight line between
the two known points (ln 1.124, 0.10) and (ln 0.016, 0.40). The slope of this straight line is
ln 1.124 − ln 0.016
m= = −14.174
0.10 − 0.40
and thus its equation is given by
ln λ − ln 0.016 = −14.174(a − 0.40)
or by
ln λ a = −14.174a + 1.535
49
where λa denotes the mean annual rate of exceedance corresponding to a peak ground acceleration
a.
(c) For a peak ground acceleration of 0.25g, the developed equation for the mean annual rate of
exceedance yields
ln λ 0.25 = −14.174(0.25) + 1.535 = −2.009
λ 0.25 = e −2.009 = 0.134
According to Equation 7.17, the probability that the peak ground acceleration at the site exceed
0.25g in 50 years is thus equal to
P ( X 50 ≥ 1) = 1 − e −0.134(50 ) = 0.999
50
CHAPTER 8
Problem 8.1
A soil deposit may be considered to be homogeneous, elastic, and with a horizontal free surface
and rock interface. It has a depth of 100 feet, a unit weight of 120 pcf, a shear modulus of elas-
ticity of 4800 psi, and a damping ratio of 15 per cent in all modes. During an earthquake, the
base of the deposit is subjected to an acceleration that may be approximated by a harmonic func-
tion with an amplitude of 0.5g and a frequency of 36 rad/s. Determine (a) the acceleration in-
duced by this ground motion at the level of the deposit’s free surface, and (b) the factor by which
the peak acceleration at the base is amplified by the soil deposit. Consider that the deposit’s re-
sponse is significant in its first three modes only.
Solution:
According to Equations 8.52, 8.53, and 8.50, the natural frequencies, mode shapes, and participa-
tion factors in the first three modes of the soil deposit are
(2 − 1)π G π (4800 × 12 2 )(32.2)
ω1 = = = 6.76 rad/s
2H ρ 2(100) 120
(4 − 1)π G
ω2 = = 3(6.76) = 20.29 rad/s
2H ρ
(6 − 1) π G
ω3 = = 5(6.76) = 33.82 rad/s
2H ρ
2 −1 x π
U1 ( x) = sin( π ) = sin( x)
2 H 200
4 −1 x 3π
U 2 ( x) = sin( π ) = sin( x)
2 H 200
6 −1 x 5π
U 3 ( x) = sin( π ) = sin( x)
2 H 200
4 4 4 4 4 4
α1 = = α2 = = α3 = =
( 2 − 1)π π (4 − 1)π 3π (6 − 1)π 5π
Also, since for the case under consideration the acceleration at the base of the soil deposit is
given by
u&&g (t ) = 0.5 g sin(36t )
and since for a harmonic displacement the normal coordinate ηr is given by (see Equation 8.47)
1 u&&g (t ) sin(Ωt − θr )
ηr (t ) = −α r
ωr2 [1 − (Ω / ωr ) 2 ]2 + [2ξ r Ω / ωr ]2
where Ω is the excitation frequency and θr is a phase angle equal to
2ξ r Ω / ωr
θr = tan −1[ ]
1 − (Ω / ωr ) 2
the modal coordinates for the first three modes of the system are
4 1 0.5 g sin(36t − θ1 )
η1 (t ) = − = −5.083 × 10− 4 g sin(36t + 0.06)
π 6.76 [1 − (36 / 6.76) 2 ]2 + [2(0.15)36 / 6.76]2
2
51
4 1 0.5 g sin(36t − θ2 )
η2 (t ) = − = −2.329 × 10− 4 g sin(36t + 0.24)
3π 20.29 [1 − (36 / 20.29) 2 ]2 + [2(0.15)36 / 20.29]2
2
4 1 0.5 g sin(36t − θ3 )
η3 (t ) = − = −3.218 × 10 − 4 g sin(36t + 1.18)
3π 33.82 [1 − (36 / 33.82) 2 ]2 + [ 2(0.15)36 / 33.82]2
2
Thus, according to Equation 8.42 and considering only the first three modes, the displacement
response of the soil deposit at the level of the free surface (H = 100 ft) is given by
u (100, t ) = −5.083 × 10−4 g sin(36t + 0.06) + 2.329 × 10−4 g sin(36t + 0.24) − 3.218 × 10−4 g sin(36t + 1.18)
where it has been considered that U1(100) = 1.0, U2(100) = -1.0, and U3(100) = 1.0.
Correspondingly, the acceleration response at the same level is
u&&(100, t ) = (36) 2 5.083 × 10−4 g sin(36t + 0.06)
− (36) 2 2.329 × 10 −4 g sin(36t + 0.24) + (36) 2 3.218 × 10 −4 g sin(36t + 1.18)
= 0.66 g sin(36t + 0.06) − 0.30 sin(36t + 0.24) + 0.42 g sin(36t + 1.18)
= 0.66 g[1.0 sin 36t + 0.06 cos 36t ]
− 0.30 g[0.97 sin 36t + 0.24 cos 36t ] + 0.42 g[0.38 sin 36t + 0.92 cos 36t ]
= 0.53g sin 36t + 0.36 g cos 36t
= 0.532 + 0.362 g cos(36t − 0.60) = 0.64 g cos(36t − 0.60)
Thus, that the peak absolute acceleration at the free surface of the soil deposit is grater than the
peak acceleration at the base by the factor
max[0.53g sin 36t + 0.36 g cos 36t + 0.5 sin 36t ] 1.032 + 0.362 g
A.F . = = = 2.18
max[0.5 g sin 36t ] 0.5 g
Problem 8.2
The response spectrum for the ground motion recorded at a rock site is shown in Figure P8.2a.
Estimate the maximum acceleration that would be observed at the surface of the soil deposit
shown in Figure P8.2b and the factor by which the soil deposit would amplify the ground motion
recorded on rock. Assume a linear behavior and a damping ratio of 5%.
Error! No topic specified.
Figure P8.2a. Response spectrum considered in Problem 8.2
Ground surface
Soil
G = 18.375 MPa
ρ = 1.23 Mg/m
3
11.0 m
Rigid bedrock
Figure P8.2b. Soil deposit considered in Problem 8.2
Solution:
According to Equations 8.52, 8.53, and 8.50, the natural frequency, mode shape, and participa-
tion factor in the first mode of the soil deposit are
(2 − 1)π G π 18,375
ω1 = = = 17.4 rad/s
2H ρ 2(11) 1.23
52
2 −1 x π
U1 ( x) = sin( π ) = sin( x)
2 H 22
4 4
α1 = =
(2 − 1)π π
It may also be seen from the response spectrum in Figure P8.2a that for a natural frequency of
17.4/2π = 2.8 Hz and a damping ratio of 5 percent, there corresponds a spectral acceleration of
SA1 = 2.2 g
Therefore, upon the application of Equation 8.42 with only one mode considered, an estimate of
the peak absolute acceleration at the surface of the soil deposit is (see Equation 10.56)
4
max[u&&(11, t ) + u&&g (t )] = α1U1 (11) max[u&&1 (11, t ) + u&&g (t )] = α1U1 (11) SA1 = (1.0)2.2 g = 2.8 g
π
Furthermore, since the peak ground acceleration is given by the spectral accelerations for large
natural frequencies, the amplification factor is approximately equal to
2.8 g
A.F . = = 2.3
1.2 g
Problem 8.3
Determine the natural frequencies and mode shapes of the layered soil profile shown in Figure
P8.3. Use a one-dimensional lumped-mass model and assume each layer exhibits a linear force-
deformation behavior.
Depth Material Density Shear wave
3
(m) (Mg/m ) velocity (m/s)
0.0
Upper clay 153
1.23
formation
11.0
Clay with sand 1.25 270
lenses
34.5
Gravel and
1.37 316
sand
46.0
Clay 1.75 402
70.0
Bedrock 1.76 1050
Figure P8.3. Soil profile considered in Problem 8.3
Solution:
According to Equations 8.54 and 8.56, the masses and stiffnesses of the equivalent shear
lumped-mass system are as indicated in Table P8.3a.
Table P8.3a. Mass and stiffnesses of equivalent lumped-mass system

Node Mass (Mg) Stiffness (kN/m)
4 6.765 2618
3 21.453 3878
2 22.565 11896
1 28.878 11784
Therefore, the mass and stiffness matrices of the lumped system are
53
⎡28.878 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ 23680 - 11896 0 0 ⎤
⎢ 0 22.565 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎢- 11896 15774 - 3878 0 ⎥⎥
[M ] = ⎢ Mg [K ] = ⎢ kN/m
⎢ 0 0 21.453 0 ⎥ ⎢ 0 - 3878 6496 - 2618⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 0 0 6.765⎦ ⎣ 0 0 - 2618 2618 ⎦
which, in turn, after solving the corresponding eigenvalue problem leads to the natural frequen-
cies, mode shapes and participation factors shown in Table P8.3b.
Table P8.3b. Dynamic properties of equivalent lumped-mass system

Parameter Mode
1 2 3 4
Frequency (rad/s) 8.112 17.754 24.142 35.285
Period (s) 0.77 0.35 0.26 0.18
Participation factor 7.796 -4.018 1.038 1.289
0.044 -0.107 0.051 0.136
Mode shape 0.080 -0.132 0.030 -0.141
0.160 0.036 -0.137 0.029
0.193 0.191 0.272 -0.013
Problem 8.4
Determine the 5% damping acceleration response spectrum for the ground motion at the bottom
and surface of the layered soil deposit shown in Figure P8.3, when the bedrock is excited by the
N-S component of the ground acceleration recorded in Foster City during the Loma Prieta, Cali-
fornia, earthquake of October 17, 1989 (record may be downloaded from one of the World Wide
Web sites suggested in Chapter 5). Use a one-dimensional lumped-mass model, assuming that
each layer behaves linearly, and that the damping ratio of the system is 10% in all modes.
Solution:
The 5% damping acceleration response spectrum for the N-S component of the ground accelera-
tion recorded at Foster City during the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake is shown in Figure P8.4a.
The corresponding acceleration response spectrum for the ground motion generated at the sur-
face of the soil deposit shown in Figure P8.3 when the base of the deposit is subjected to the
aforementioned ground motion is shown in Figure P8.4b. This response spectrum is obtained
from the time-history acceleration response of the top mass of an equivalent lumped-mass model
for the soil deposit in question. The masses and stiffnesses considered in this model are listed in
Table P8.4 (obtained from the solution to Problem 8.3). The damping matrix considered is ob-
tained by assuming it proportional to the mass and stiffness matrices of the system, with con-
stants of proportionality determined from the consideration of a damping ratio of 10% in the sys-
tem’s first and fourth modes. In other words, it was considered that the damping matrix of the
equivalent lumped-mass model was given by
[C ] = 1.3191[ M ] + 0.00461[ K ]
where [C], [M], and [K] respectively represent the damping, mass, and stiffness matrices oaf the
system.
Table P8.4. Mass and stiffnesses of equivalent lumped-mass system
Node Mass (Mg) Stiffness (kN/m)
4 6.765 2618
3 21.453 3878
54
2 22.565 11896
1 28.878 11784
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0 1 10 100
Frequency (Hz)
Figure P8.4a. Acceleration response spectrum for 5%-damping of the N-S component of the ground ac-
celeration recorded at Foster City during the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
0 1 10 100
Frequency (Hz)
Figure P8.4b. Acceleration response spectrum for 5%-damping of acceleration at the surface of the soil deposit in Fig-
ure P8.3
Problem 8.5
Determine the peak acceleration at the surface of the layered soil deposit shown in Figure P8.5
when the bedrock is excited by a ground motion represented by the elastic response spectrum
shown in Figure P8.2a. Use a lumped-mass, one-dimensional model, assuming the soil deposit
behaves linearly with 10% damping in all modes.
55
Depth Unit weight Shear wave
3
(ft) (lb/ft ) velocity (ft/s)
0
100 714
10
120 897
160
125 1200
230
125 1300
730
135 1500
1130
Bedrock 150 8000
Figure P8.5. Soil deposit considered in Problem 8.5
Solution:
Considering that mi =1/2(ρiHi + ρiHi+1) and ki = vsi2ρi/Hi, where ρi, Hi, and vsi respectively denote
density, depth, and shear wave velocity, the masses and stiffnesses of an equivalent lumped-mass
model are as indicated in Table P8.5a. The natural frequencies, mode shapes, and participation
factors of such an equivalent lumped-mass system result as indicated in Table P8.5b.
Table P8.5a. Mass and stiffness of equivalent lumped-mass system

Node Mass (Slugs) Stiffness (lb/ft)
5 15.5 158322
4 295.0 19990
3 415.4 79858
2 1106.4 13121
1 1809.0 23583
Table P8.5b. Dynamic properties of equivalent lumped-mass system

Parameter Mode
1 2 3 4 5
Frequency (rad/s) 1.97 4.77 8.31 17.70 103.70
Participation factor 56.059 -22.317 0.775 0.025 0.000
0.009 -0.021 0.002 0.000 0.000
0.021 0.007 -0.015 -0.013 0.000
Mode shape 0.022 0.010 -0.004 0.043 0.000
0.023 0.015 0.048 -0.011 -0.013
0.023 0.015 0.049 -0.011 0.248
Thus, the spectral ordinates corresponding to the first three natural frequencies of the system and
a damping ratio of 10 percent in the response spectrum in Figure P18.2 are
SA(1.97,0.10) ≈ 1.2 g SA(4.77,0.10) ≈ 1.8 g SA(8.31,0.10) ≈ 1.7 g
In consequence, the peak modal accelerations in the first three modes of the system are
56
⎧0.009⎫ ⎧0.622⎫
⎪0.021⎪ ⎪1.407 ⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
{&y&}1 = 56.059⎨0.022⎬1.2 g = ⎨1.460 ⎬ g
⎪0.023⎪ ⎪1.554 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.023⎪⎭ ⎪⎩1.554 ⎪⎭
⎧- 0.021⎫ ⎧ 0.863 ⎫
⎪ 0.007 ⎪ ⎪− 0.288⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
{&y&}2 = −22.317 ⎨ 0.010 ⎬1.8 g = ⎨− 0.387 ⎬ g
⎪ 0.015 ⎪ ⎪− 0.598⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ 0.015 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.599⎪⎭
⎧ 0.002 ⎫ ⎧ 0.000 ⎫
⎪- 0.015⎪ ⎪− 0.018⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
{&y&}3 = 0.775⎨- 0.004⎬1.7 g = ⎨ 0.056 ⎬ g
⎪ 0.048 ⎪ ⎪− 0.015⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ 0.049 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.015⎪⎭
and thus, combining the modal accelerations with the square-root-of-the-sum-of-the-squares rule,
the peak acceleration at the surface of the soil deposit is approximately equal to
&y&s = 1.5542 + 0.5992 + 0.0152 g = 1.67 g
Problem 8.6
Find and plot the amplification function of the soil deposit considered in Problem 8.2 when the
bedrock beneath is (a) perfectly rigid, and (b) elastic with a shear wave velocity of 1500 m/s and
density of 1.75 Mg/m3. Assume that both the soil and the bedrock behave as a viscoelastic solid
with a damping ratio of 20%.
Solution:
(a) Rigid bedrock
The shear wave velocity of the soil deposit is equal to
G 18.375 × 106
vs = = = 122.2 m/s
ρ 1230
Hence, according to Equation 8.72 and the assumption of a viscoelastic solid with a damping ra-
tio of 20%, the amplification function of the soil deposit is given by
1 1
| H (ω) |= =
2 2
cos (ωH / vs ) + (ξωH / vs ) cos [(11 / 122.2)ω] + [0.2(11) / 122.2]2 ω2
2
1
=
cos (0.09ω) + 3.241 × 10− 4 ω2
2
(b) Elastic bedrock

According to Equation 8.65, the complex shear wave velocities of the soil deposit and the elastic
rock are equal to
57
Gs (1 + 2ξ s i )
vss* = = vss 1 + 2ξ s i = 122.2 1 + 0.4i
ρs
Gr (1 + 2ξ r i )
vsr* = = vsr 1 + 2ξ r i = 1500 1 + 0.4i
ρr
Therefore, the complex impedance ratio for the soil deposit is (see Equation 8.80)
ρ s vss* 1230(122.2) 1 + 0.4i
α*z = = = 0.057
ρr vsr* 1750(1500) 1 + 0.4i
and the amplification function is given by (see Equation 8.86)
1 1
| H (ω) |= =
cos(ωH / vss* ) + iα*z sin(ωH / vss* ) 11ω 11ω
cos( ) + 0.057i sin( )
122.2 1 + 0.4i 122.2 1 + 0.4i
1
=
cos(0.084ω 1 − 0.4i ) + 0.057i sin(0.084ω 1 − 0.4i )
The plots of the two amplification functions are shown in Figure P8.6 below.
3.5
Rigid bedrock
3 Elastic bedrock
2.5
2
|H(ω)|
1.5
0.5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ω (rad/s)
Figure P8.6. Amplification functions for soil deposit in Figure P8.2b considering rigid and elastic be-
drock
Problem 8.7
Find and plot the amplification function of the layered soil deposit shown in Figure P8.7. As-
sume that each layer and the rock all behave as a viscoelastic solid with the properties indicated
in the same figure.
Ground surface
Layer 1
γ = 120 pcf
15 ft vs = 900 ft/s
ξ = 18%
γ = 125 pcf
28 ft Layer 2 vs = 1400 ft/s
ξ = 20%
γ = 115 pcf
52 ft Layer 3 vs = 400 ft/s
ξ = 10%
Elastic bedrock γ = 150 pcf

vs = 10,000 ft/s
ξ = 15%
58
Solution:
According to Equation 8.65, the complex shear wave velocities for the soil deposit’s three layers
and the underlying bedrock are equal to
vs*1 = vs1 (1 + ξ1i ) = 900(1 + 0.18i )
vs*2 = vs 2 (1 + ξ 2i ) = 1400(1 + 0.20i )
vs*3 = vs 3 (1 + ξ3i ) = 400(1 + 0.10i )
vs*4 = vs 4 (1 + ξ 4i ) = 10,000(1 + 0.15i )
Therefore, the complex impedance ratios between the layers are (see Equation 8.99)
ρ1vs*1 120(900)(1 + 0.18i )
α1* = = = 0.617(0.996 − 1.923 × 10 − 2 i ) = 0.614 − 1.186 × 10 − 2 i
*
ρ 2 vs 2 125(1400 )(1 + 0 . 20i )
ρ2vs*2 125(1400)(1 + 0.20i )
α*2 = = = 3.804(1.010 + 9.900 × 10 − 2 i ) = 3.841 + 0.377 × 10− 2 i
ρ3vs*3 115(400)(1 + 0.10i )
ρ3vs*3 115(400)(1 + 0.10i )
α*3 = = = 0.031(0.993 − 4.890 × 10 − 2 i ) = 0.031 − 0.152 × 10− 2 i
*
ρ 4 vs 4 150 (10, 000 )(1 + 0. 15i )
which together with Equations 8.100 and 8.101 lead to the following amplitudes of the incident
and reflected waves at the surface of the second layer, third layer, and the bedrock in terms of the
amplitude of the incident wave at the surface of the first layer:
A1 * B *
A2 = (1 + α1* )eik1 H1 + 1 (1 − α1* )e − ik1 H 1
2 2
15 15
i (1− 0.18i ) ω −i (1− 0.18i ) ω
A 2 B 2
= 1 (1 + 0.614 − 0.01186i )e 900(1+ 0.18 ) + 1 (1 − 0.614 + 0.01186i )e 900(1+ 0.18 )
2 2
( 0.0029 + 0.0161i ) ω
= A1[(0.807 − 0.0059i )e + (0.193 + 0.0059i )e − ( 0.0029 + 0.0161i ) ω ]
A * B *
B2 = 1 (1 − α1* )eik1 H 1 + 1 (1 + α1* )e − ik1 H 1
2 2
= A1[(0.193 + 0.0059i )e( 0.0029 + 0.0161i ) ω + (0.807 − 0.0059i )e − ( 0.0029 + 0.0161) ω ]
A * B *
A3 = 2 (1 + α*2 )eik 2 H 2 + 2 (1 − α*2 )e − ik 2 H 2
2 2
28 28
i (1− 0.2 i ) ω −i (1− 0.2 i ) ω
A 2 B 2
= 2 (1 + 3.841 + 0.00377i )e 1400(1+ 0.2 ) + 2 (1 − 3.841 − 0.00377i )e 1400 (1+ 0.2 )
2 2
( 0.0038 + 0.0192 i ) ω
= A2 (2.42 + 0.0019i )e − B2 (1.42 + 0.0019i )e − ( 0.0038 + 0.0192i ) ω
A * B *
B3 = 2 (1 − α*2 )eik 2 H 2 + 2 (1 + α*2 )e − ik 2 H 2
2 2
= − A2 (1.42 + 0.0019i )e( 0.0038 + 0.0192i ) ω + B2 (2.42 + 0.0019i )e − ( 0.0038 + 0.0192i ) ω
A * B *
A4 = 3 (1 + α*3 )eik 3 H 3 + 3 (1 − α*3 )e − ik 3 H 3
2 2
52 52
i (1− 0.1i ) ω −i (1− 0.1i ) ω
A 2 B 2
= 3 (1 + 0.031 − 0.00152i )e 400(1+ 0.1 ) + 3 (1 − 0.031 + 0.00152i )e 400 (1+ 0.1 )
2 2
( 0.0129 + 0.1287 i ) ω
= A3 (0.5155 − 0.0008i )e + B3 (0.4845 + 0.0008i )e − ( 0.0129 + 0.1287i ) ω
where it has been considered that B1 = A1 and ki* = ω/vsi*.
In view of Equation 8.102 and the foregoing expressions, one has that
59
A4 A3 B
a4 (ω) = = (0.515 − 0.0008i )e( 0.0129 + 0.1287i ) ω + 3 (0.484 + 0.0008i )e − ( 0.0129 + 0.1287 i ) ω
A1 A1 A1
and, thus, according to Equation 8.109, the transfer function between the displacement at the sur-
face of the soil deposit and the bedrock surface when no soil is present is given by
1
H14' (ω) =
A3 B
(0.515 − 0.0008i )e ( 0.0129 + 0.1287i ) ω + 3 (0.484 + 0.0008i )e − ( 0.0129 + 0.1287i ) ω
A1 A1
A plot of the modulus of this transfer function (amplification function) is shown in Figure P8.7b.
4
3.5
2.5
|H(ω)|
1.5
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
ω (rad/s)
Figure P8.7b. Amplification function for soil deposit in Figure P8.7
Problem 8.8
A site is underlain by 550 ft of soil, which in turn is underlain by rigid rock. The average shear
wave velocity of the soil is 1500 ft/s2 and its average unit weight is 125 lb/ft3. Determine using
the frequency-domain approach described in Section 8.4.4 the acceleration time history at the
surface of this site when the rock underneath is excited horizontally by the N-S component of the
ground acceleration recorded in the Corralitos station during the Loma Prieta, California, earth-
quake of October 17, 1989. Assume the soil behaves as a viscoelastic solid with a damping ratio
of 10%.
Solution:
The acceleration time history at the base of the soil deposit and the amplitude Fourier spectrum
A(ω) of this time history are shown in Figure P8.8a and P8.8b. According to Equation 8.70 and
the assumption of a viscoelastic solid with a damping ratio of 10 per cent, the transfer function of
the given soil deposit is equal to
1 1 1
H (ω) = = =
cos[ω(1 − ξ i ) H / vs ] cos[ω(1 − 0.1i )(550 / 1500)] cos[(0.3667 − 0.0367i )ω]
where it has been considered that the transfer function for accelerations is the same as for dis-
placements. The modulus of this transfer function is shown in Figure P8.8c. The frequency do-
main representation of the acceleration at the surface of the soil deposit, Y(ω), is thus given by
A(ω)
Y (ω) = A(ω) H (ω) =
cos[(0.3667 − 0.0367i )ω]
60
The modulus of this function is depicted in Figure P8.8d. By taking the inverse Fourier trans-
form of Y(ω) one obtains thus the acceleration time history at the surface of the soil deposit.
This time history is displayed in Figure P8.8e.
It should be noted that in the calculation of the acceleration time history shown in Figure
P8.8e it is considered that for negative frequencies Y(ω) is given by
Y (−ω) = A(−ω) H * (ω)
where H*(ω) denotes the complex conjugate of the transfer function H(ω). There are two rea-
sons for this consideration. The first is that in accordance with Equation 6.72 Y(-ω) should be
the complex conjugate of Y(ω) to obtain a real-valued acceleration time history at the soil deposit
surface. The second is that in this case H(-ω) is not equal to the complex conjugate of H(ω) and
it is thus necessary to consider the complex conjugate of H(ω) explicitly for negative frequen-
cies.
0.8
0.6
0.4
Acceleration /g
0.2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
Time (s)
Figure P8.8a. N-S component of ground motion recorded at Corralitos station during the 1989 Loma
Prieta, California, earthquake
90
80
70
60
50
|A (ω)|
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
ω (rad/s)
Figure P8.8b. Amplitude Fourier spectrum of ground motion in Figure P8.8a
61
7
|H(ω)|
3
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
ω (rad/s)
Figure P8.8c. Modulus of transfer function of soil deposit in Problem 8.8
100
90
80
70
60
|A (ω)H (ω)|
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
ω (rad/s)
Figure P8.8d. Modulus of Fourier transform of ground motion at surface of soil deposit in Problem 8.8
0.8
0.6
0.4
Acceleration / g
0.2
0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
Time (s)
Figure P8.8e. Time history of accelerations generated at the surface of the soil deposit in Problem 8.8
62
Problem 8.9
Estimate and plot the variation with depth of the maximum value of the shear modulus for the
soil profile shown in Figure P8.3.
Solution:
As the shear wave velocities and densities are given and the measured wave velocities corres-
pond to low strains (i.e., maximum shear moduli), a shear modulus can be determined directly
from
G = vs2ρ
where G denotes shear modulus, vs shear wave velocity, and ρ density. Accordingly, the desired
shear moduli and the variation of shear modulus with depth are as indicated in Figure P8.9.
Depth Material Density Shear wave Shear modulus
3 2
(m) (Mg/m ) velocity (m/s) (KN/m )
G
0.0
Upper clay 153 28,793
1.23
formation
11.0
Clay with sand 1.25 270 91,125
lenses
34.5
Gravel and
1.37 316 136,803
sand
46.0
Clay 1.75 402 282,807
70.0
Bedrock 1.76 1050
H
Figure P8.9. Variation of shear modulus with depth
Problem 8.10
The ground water in a 50-ft-deep deposit of sand is located 10 ft below the ground surface. The
unit weight of the sand above the groundwater table is 100 lb/ft3. Below the groundwater table,
the saturated unit weight is 120 lb /ft3. Assuming the sand’s void ratio and effective angle of in-
ternal friction are 0.6 and 36°, respectively, estimate and plot the variation with depth of the
maximum shear modulus for this sand deposit.
Solution:
Above the ground table, the effective vertical stress is
σv = 100h (lb/ft 2 )
where h is the soil depth in feet measured from the surface. Thus, according to Equation 8.116,
the effective confining pressure above the water table is equal to
σv 100h
σ0 = (3 − 2 sin φ) = (3 − 2 sin 360 ) = 60.81h lb/ft 2 = 0.42h lb/in 2
3 3
Likewise, according to Equation 8.112, the maximum shear modulus is
1230(2.973 − e) 2 1 / 2 1230(2.973 − 0.6) 2
Gmax = σ0 = (0.42h)1 / 2 = 2805h1 / 2 lb/in 2
1+ e 1 + 0.6
Below the water table, the submerged unit weight is
γ b = γ sat − γ w = 120 − 62.4 = 57.6 lb/ft 3
and the effective vertical stress is
σv = 100(10) + 57.6(h − 10) (lb/ft 2 ) = 424 + 57.6h (lb/ft 2 )
63
Hence, the mean effective confining pressure is equal to
σv 424 + 57.6h
σ0 = (3 − 2 sin φ) = (3 − 2 sin 360 ) = 257.8 + 35.0h (lb/ft 2 ) = 1.79 + 0.24h (lb/in 2 )
3 3
and the maximum shear modulus equal to
1230(2.973 − e) 2 1 / 2 1230(2.973 − 0.6) 2
Gmax = σ0 = (1.79 + 0.24h)1 / 2 = 4329(1.79 + 0.24h)1 / 2 (lb/in 2 )
1+ e 1 + 0 .6
The variation of the shear modulus with depth is shown in Figure P8.10.
2
G max (lb/in )
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000
0
10
15
20
Depth (ft)
25
30
35
40
45
50
Figure P8.10. Variation of shear modulus with depth
Problem 8.11
A 24-m-thick layer of sand is underlain by bedrock. The groundwater table is located at a depth
of 4 m below the ground surface. Estimate the maximum shear modulus and damping ratio of
the sand at a depth of 12 m below the ground surface considering a shear strain level of 0.05 %.
The sand has a void ratio of 0.6, specific gravity of solids of 2.68, and angle of internal friction
of 36o.
Solution:
Above the water table, the unit weight of the sand is equal to
Gs 2.68
γ= γw = 9,810 = 16,432 N/m3
1+ e 1 + 0.6
Below the water table, the submerged unit weight is
Gs − 1 2.68 − 1
γ b = γ sat − γ w = γw = 9,810 = 10,300 N/m 3
1+ e 1 + 0.6
where γsat and γw respectively denote saturated unit weight and unit weight of water. The
effective vertical stress at depth of 12 meters is therefore equal to
σv = 16,432(4) + 10,300(8) = 148,128 N/m3
and, according to Equation 8.116, the mean effective confining pressure equal to
σv 148,128
σ0 = (3 − 2 sin φ) = (3 − 2 sin 360 ) = 90,083 N/m 2
3 3
Furthermore, from Equation 8.112, the maximum shear modulus is
64
1230(2.973 − e) 2 1 / 2 1230(2.973 − 0.6) 2
Gmax = σ0 = (90,083)1 / 2 = 1,299 kN/m 2
1+ e 1 + 0 .6
while from the average curve in Figure 8.32, the G/Gmax ratio corresponding to a strain level of
0.05% is
G / Gmax = 0.52
In consequence, the shear modulus at depth of 12 m is equal to
G = 0.52(1,299) = 675 kN/m 2
Reading directly form the average curve in Figure 8.33, one similarly finds that the damping
ratio for a strain of 0.05 % is approximately equal to
ξ = 9.8 %
Problem 8.12
A clay deposit extends to a depth of 60 ft below the ground surface. The clay has a void ratio of
1.0, specific gravity of solids of 2.78, plasticity index of 50 %, and overconsolidation ratio of
2.0. The groundwater table coincides with the ground surface. Evaluate the deposit’s shear
modulus and damping ratio at a depth of 30 ft at a strain level of 0.1 %.
Solution:
The clay’s saturated unit weight is equal to
Gs − 1 (2.78 − 1)(62.4)
γ b = γ sat − γ w = γw = = 55.54 lb/ft 3
1+ e 1 + 1 .0
Hence, according to Equations 8.124 and 8.123 for a plasticity index of 50% and an
overconsolidation ratio of 2.0, the earth pressure coefficent at rest is given by
K 0( overconsolidated ) = K 0 OCR = [0.4 + 0.007(PI)] OCR = [0.4 + 0.007(50)] 2.0 = 1.06
Also, from Table 8.2 for a plasticity index of 50 %,
K = 0.36
Consequently, the effective vertical stress at a depth of 30 feet is equal to
σv = 55.54(30) = 1,666 lb/ft 2
and according to Equation 8.122 the mean effective principal stress is equal to
1 1
σ0 = (1 + 2 K 0 ) σv = [1 + 2(1.06)](1,666) = 1,732 lb/ft 2 = 12.03 lb/in 2
3 3
Furthermore, the modified version of Hardin and Black’s formula for clays yields,
1.97 1.97
Gmax = 1230 2
(OCR ) K σ01 / 2 = 1230 2
(2.0)0.36 (12.03)1 / 2 = 10,786 lb/in 2
0.3 + 0.7e 0.3 + 0.7(1.0)
Thus, since from Figure 8.36 for a strain of 0.1 % one has that
G / Gmax = 0.19
the shear modulus at a depth of 12 feet is equal to
G = 0.19(10,786) = 2049 lb/in 2
Similarly, the damping ratio for a strain of 0.1 %, obtained directly from the average curve in
Figure 8.37, is equal to
ξ = 10 %
65
Problem 8.13
Evaluate the moduli and damping ratios for the layers of the soil profile shown in Figure P8.13
for shear strains of 10-5 and 10-2. For each layer, consider that the confining pressure at mid-
height is representative of the confining pressure over the entire layer.
Sand Void ratio = 0.6

2m Specific gravity of solids = 2.68
Angle of internal friction = 35° G.W.T.
Sand
Void ratio = 0.7
Specific gravity of solids = 2.65
8m
Angle of internal friction = 30°
Normally Specific gravity of solids = 2.73

3 m consolidated Water content = 50 %
clay Plasticity index = 32 %
Bedrock
Solution:
Sand layer above water table
The unit weight for the sand layer above the water table is equal to
Gs 2.68
γ= γw = 9,810 = 16,432 N/m3
1+ e 1 + 0.6
and the effective vertical stress at a depth of 1 meter is
σv = 16,432(1) = 116,432 N/m 3
Hence, the mean effective principal stress is equal to (see Equation 8.116),
σv 116,432
σ0 = (3 − 2 sin φ) = (3 − 2 sin 350 ) = 71,910 N/m 2
3 3
and the maximum shear modulus equal to (see Equation 8.112),
1230(2.973 − e) 2 1 / 2 1230(2.973 − 0.6) 2
Gmax = σ0 = (71,910)1 / 2 = 1,161 kN/m 2
1+ e 1 + 0.6
Also, since from the average curve in Figure 8.32, the G/Gmax ratios are
G / Gmax = 1.0 for 10-5 strain
the shear modulus for the sand layer above the water table is equal to
G = 1,161 kN/m 2 for 10-5 strain
and
G = 0.75(1,161) = 871 kN/m 2 for 10-2 strain
Similarly, from the average curve in Figure 8.33, the damping ratio is equal to
ξ = 0.6 % for 10-5 strain
and
66
Sand layer below water table
The submerged unit weight of the sand layer below the water table is given by
Gs − 1 2.65 − 1
γ b = γ sat − γ w = γw = 9,810 = 9,521 N/m3
1+ e 1 + 0.7
and the effective vertical stress at depth of 6 meters is equal to
σv = 16,432(2) + 9,521(4) = 70,948 N/m3
Hence, the mean effective principal stress is (see Equation 8.116),
σv 70,948
σ0 = (3 − 2 sin φ) = (3 − 2 sin 300 ) = 47,299 N/m 2
3 3
and the maximum shear modulus is equal to (see Equation 8.112),
1230(2.973 − e) 2 1 / 2 1230(2.973 − 0.7) 2
Gmax = σ0 = ( 47,299)1 / 2 = 813 kN/m 2
1+ e 1 + 0.7
As a result, since from the average curve in Figure 8.32 the G/Gmax ratios are equal to
the shear modulus for the sand below the water table is equal to
G = 813 kN/m 2 for 10-5 strain
and
G = 0.75(813) = 610 kN/m 2 for 10-2 strain
In like manner, from the average curve in Figure 8.33, the damping ratio is equal to
and
Clay layer
The void ratio for the clay layer is
e = wGs = 0.5(2.73) = 1.37
and its saturated unit weight is equal to
Gs − 1 2.73 − 1
γ b = γ sat − γ w = γw = 9,810 = 7161 N/m3
1+ e 1 + 1.37
Also, the earth pressure coefficient at rest for a plasticity index of 32 % is equal to (see Equation
8.123)
K 0 = 0.4 + 0.007(PI) = 0.4 + 0.007(32) = 0.62
and the effective vertical stress at a depth of 11.5 feet is equal to
σv = 16,432(2) + 9,521(8) + 7,161(1.5) = 119,773 N/m 2
Hence, the mean effective principal stress is (see Equation 8.122),
1 1
σ0 = (1 + 2 K 0 ) σv = [1 + 2(0.62)]119,773 = 89,430 N/m 2
3 3
and, from the modified version of Equation 8.121,the maximum shear modulus is equal to
1.97 1.97
Gmax = 1230 2
(OCR ) K σ10 / 2 = 1230 2
(1.0) K (89,430)1 / 2 = 449 kN/m 2
0.3 + 0.7e 0.3 + 0.7(1.37)
In consequence, since from the average curve in Figure 8.36 the G/Gmax ratios are equal to
67
the shear modulus is equal to
G = 449 kN/m 2 for 10-5 strain
and
G = 0.45( 449) = 202 kN/m 2 for 10-2 strain
Similarly, from the average curve in Figure 8.37, the damping ratio is equal to
and
68
CHAPTER 9
Problem 9.1
Construct using the peak ground acceleration and response spectrum shape approach an inelastic
design spectrum for a site underlain by soft clays considering a damping ratio of 5 per cent and a
ductility factor of 6. The maximum ground acceleration that future earthquakes may generate at
the site is estimated to be 0.20g for a probability of exceedance of 10 per cent in 50 years.
Solution:
Multiplying by 0.20g and dividing by a ductility factor of 6 the ordinates of the response spec-
trum shape for soil Type 3 given in Figure 9.4, one obtains the ordinates listed in Table P9.1 and
the elastic and inelastic design spectra shown in Figure P9.1.
Table P9.1. Ordinates in elastic and inelastic response spectra for given periods in Problem 9.1
Period (s) SA/PGA SA/g SA/gμ
0 1 0.20 0.200
0.2 2.5 0.50 0.083
0.9 2.5 0.50 0.083
1 2.25 0.45 0.075
1.25 1.80 0.36 0.060
1.5 1.50 0.30 0.050
1.75 1.29 0.26 0.043
2 1.13 0.23 0.038
2.25 1.00 0.20 0.033
2.5 0.90 0.18 0.030
2.75 0.82 0.16 0.027
3 0.75 0.15 0.025
0.60
0.50
Elastic spectrum
0.40
0.30
0.20
Inelastic spectrum
0.10
0.00
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Period (s)
Figure P9.1. Constructed elastic and inelastic response spectra in Problem 9.1
Problem 9.2
A site is located 50 km from an active normal fault over a deposit of alluvial soils. It is esti-
mated that the fault is capable of generating an earthquake with a magnitude of 8.0. On the basis
of this information and the ground acceleration-response spectrum shape approach, construct an
inelastic design spectrum for the site considering a damping ratio of 5 per cent and a ductility
factor of 2.
69
Solution:
Using Campbell’s attenuation equation with MW = 8.0, r =50 km, F = 0 (for normal faults), and
SSR = SHR = 0 (for alluvial soils), one has that
ln AH = −3.512 + 0.904 M w − 1.328 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.674M w )]2
= −3.512 + 0.904(8.0) − 1.328 ln 502 + [0.149 exp(0.674 × 8.0)]2
= −1.638
and thus the expected peak ground acceleration at the site is
AH = e −1.638 = 0.194 g
Multiplying by 0.194g and dividing by a ductility factor of 2 the ordinates of the response spec-
trum shape for soil Type 3 in Figure 9.4, one obtains the ordinates listed in Table P9.2 and the
elastic and inelastic design spectra shown in Figure P9.2.
0 1 0.194 0.194
0.2 2.5 0.485 0.243
0.9 2.5 0.485 0.243
1 2.25 0.437 0.218
1.25 1.80 0.349 0.175
1.5 1.50 0.291 0.146
1.75 1.29 0.249 0.125
2 1.13 0.218 0.109
2.25 1.00 0.194 0.097
2.5 0.90 0.175 0.087
2.75 0.82 0.159 0.079
3 0.75 0.146 0.073
0.600
0.500
Elastic spectrum
0.400
0.300
0.200
Inelastic spectrum
0.100
0.000
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Period (s)
Problem 9.3
Construct employing the peak ground acceleration-response spectrum shape approach a design
spectrum for elastoplastic structures with 5 per cent damping, a ductility factor of 4, and located
at a site that is 100 km from an active fault. It is estimated that the fault is capable of generating
an earthquake with a moment magnitude of 7.5. In addition, the site is underlain by soft clays
70
for which the average shear wave velocity over the upper 30 meters is 600 m/s. Use Joyner-
Boore-Fumal attenuation equation introduced in Chapter 7 to estimate the peak ground accelera-
tion at the site. List the spectral accelerations corresponding to the natural periods of 0.1, 0.5, and
3.0 seconds.
Solution:
Using Joyner-Boore-Fumal attenuation equation with Mw = 7.5, r = 100 km, and Vs = 600 m/s,
one has that
V
ln PGA = −0.242 + 0.527( M w − 6.0) − 0.778 ln R 2 + 5.57 2 − 0.371ln( S )
1396
600
= −0.242 + 0.527(7.5 − 6.0) − 0.778 ln 100 2 + 5.57 2 − 0.371ln( )
1396
= −2.722
and thus the expected peak ground acceleration at the site is
PGA = e −2.722 = 0.066 g
Multiplying by 0.0.066 and dividing by a ductility factor of 4 the ordinates of the response spec-
trum shape for soil Type 3 in Figure 9.4, one obtains the ordinates listed in Table P9.3 and the
elastic and inelastic design spectra shown in Figure P9.3.
0 1 0.066 0.066
0.1 1.75 0.116 0.054
0.2 2.5 0.165 0.041
0.9 2.5 0.165 0.041
1 2.25 0.149 0.037
1.25 1.80 0.119 0.030
1.5 1.50 0.099 0.025
1.75 1.29 0.085 0.021
2 1.13 0.074 0.019
2.25 1.00 0.066 0.017
2.5 0.90 0.059 0.015
2.75 0.82 0.054 0.014
3 0.75 0.050 0.012
0.180
0.160
0.140
Elastic spectrum
0.120
0.100
0.080
0.060
Inelastic spectrum
0.040
0.020
0.000
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Period (s)
71
Problem 9.4
The graph shown in Figure P9.4 represents a site-specific average design spectrum for elastop-
lastic structures with 2% damping and a ductility factor of 5. On the basis of this design spec-
trum, estimate the lateral strength for which a single-degree-of-freedom structure with a weight
of 10 kips, natural period of 2.5 seconds, and damping ratio of 2% should be designed if (a) the
structure cannot resist inelastic deformations, and (b) the structure is capable of withstanding in-
elastic deformations as large as 5 times its yield deformation.
PSV (in/s) SD (in) SA/g
4.0
0.5 2 8 33 f (Hz)
Figure P9.3. Inelastic design spectrum considered in Problem 9.3
Solution:
The natural frequency and stiffness of the structure are respectively equal to 1/2.5 = 0.4 Hz and
2π 2 2π 10
k =( ) m = ( )2 = 0.163 kip/in
T 2.5 386.4
Hence, from the given inelastic design spectrum the ordinate corresponding to a natural frequen-
cy of 0.4 Hz is
PSV 4.0
( SD)in = = = 1.59 in
ω 2π(0.4)
and thus the ordinate in the corresponding elastic design spectrum would be
( SD) el = μ( SD)in = 5(1.59) = 7.95 in
In consequence, the lateral strength of the structure should be equal to
F = k ( SD)el = 0.163(7.96) = 1.30 kips
if the structure is not capable of resisting inelastic deformations, and
F = k ( SD)in = 0.163(1.592) = 0.26 kips
if the structure can resist inelastic deformations up to 5 times its yield deformation.
Problem 9.5
The peak ground acceleration at a given rock site is estimated to be 0.6g for a probability of ex-
ceedance of 10% in 100 years. Construct an inelastic design spectrum for 2% damping and a
ductility factor of 8 using Newmark-Hall approach. Consider the average v/a and ad/v2 ratios
proposed by Mohraz to estimate the peak ground velocity and peak ground displacement at the
site. Tetralogarithmic graph paper is provided in Figure P9.5.
Solution:
72
From Table 9.2 for a rock site,
v / a = 24 in/s/g ad / v 2 = 5.3
Therefore, for a = 0.6g one has that
v = 24(0.6) = 14.4 in/s
5.3(14.4) 2
d= = 4.74 in
0.6(386.4)
Similarly, from Table 9.1 the mean amplification factors for a 2% damping elastic spectrum are
A = 2.74 V = 2.03 D = 1.63
Consequently, the peak spectral ordinates using Newmark-Hall approach are
( SA)el = 2.74(0.6 g ) = 1.64 g
( SV ) el = 2.03(14.4) = 29.2 in/s
( SD)el = 1.63(4.74) = 7.7 in
and the peak ordinates in the corresponding inelastic spectrum for a ductility factor of 8 are
1.64 g
( SA)in = = 0.42 g
2(8) − 1
29.2
( SV )in = = 3.6 in/s = 9.3 cm/s
8
7.7
( SD)in = = 0.96 in = 2.4 cm
8
Drawing: (1) lines perpendicular to the acceleration, velocity, and displacement axis with ordi-
nates equal to 0.42g, 9.3 cm/s and 2.4 cm; (2) a line perpendicular to the acceleration axis with
an ordinate equal to 0.6g, and (3) a transition line between the frequencies of 8 and 33 Hz, the
design spectrum shown in Figure P9.5 is obtained.
Figure P9.5. Constructed inelastic design spectrum in Problem 9.5
73
Problem 9.6
A site in California is underlain by stiff soils and is located about 60 km from the San Andreas
Fault. Considering that there are no other nearby faults and that the largest earthquake that can
occur at the San Andreas Fault is one with a moment magnitude of 8.0 and a focal depth of 20
km, construct a 5% damping design spectrum for this site and the design of buildings capable of
withstanding inelastic deformations as large as 5 times their yield deformations. The average
shear wave velocity over the upper 30 meters of the soils beneath the site is 900 m/s. Use Joyner-
Boore-Fumal attenuation equation and Newmark-Hall approach. Tetralogarithmic graph paper is
provided in Figure P9.5.
Solution:
Using Joyner-Boore-Fumal equation for horizontal peak ground acceleration with Mw = 8.0, R =
60 km, b1 = bss, and Vs = 900 m/s, one has that
V
ln PHGA = −0.313 + 0.527( M w − 6) − 0.778 ln R 2 + 5.57 2 − 0.371ln( s )
1396
900
= −0.313 + 0.527(8 − 6) − 0.778 ln 60 2 + 5.57 2 − 0.371ln( )
1396
= −2.285
from which one finds that the mean peak ground acceleration for the site is
PHGA = e −2.285 = 0.102 g
Similarly, using Joyner-Boore attenuation equation for horizontal peak ground velocity with Mw
= 8.0, R = 60 km, and S =1, one obtains
log PHGV = 2.09 + 0.49( M w − 6) − log R 2 + 4.02 − 0.0026 R 2 + 4.02 + 0.17 S
= 2.09 + 0.49(8 − 6) − log 602 + 4.02 − 0.0026 602 + 4.02 + 0.17(1.0)
= 1.305
and thus
PHGV = 101.305 = 20.2 cm/s
The peak ground displacement may be found using Newmark-Hall relationship for this purpose.
The results is
6.0v 2 6.0(20.2) 2
d= = = 24.5 cm
a 0.102(981)
Thus, since from Table 9.1 the mean values of the amplification factors proposed by New-
mark and Hall for 5% damping are
A = 2.12 V = 1.65 D = 1.39
the peak ordinates of the elastic design spectrum are
( SA)el = 2.12(0.102 g ) = 0.216 g
( SV )el = 1.65(20.2) = 33.3 cm/s
( SD)el = 1.39(24.5) = 34.1 cm
and the peak ordinates in the corresponding inelastic spectrum for a ductility factor of 5 are
0.102 g
( SA)in = = 0.034 g
2(5) − 1
33.3
( SV )in = = 6.7 cm/s
5
74
34.1
( SD)in = = 6.8 cm
5
Plotting these ordinates in a tetralogarithmic graph together with the transition lines described in
Box 9.3, the design spectrum shown in the Figure P9.6 is obtained.
Figure P9.6. Constructed inelastic design spectrum in Problem 9.6
Problem 9.7
Construct an elastic design spectrum for the site described in Problem 9.6 using alternatively (a)
Newmark-Hall approach and the average v/a and ad/v2 ratios proposed by Mohraz, and (b) Joyn-
er-Boore-Fumal attenuation equation presented in Chapter 7. Plot the two spectra in a single
spectral acceleration versus natural period graph with arithmetic scales.
Solution:
From the solution to Problem 9.6, one has that
PHGA = 0.102 g
2
and thus, according to the v/a and ad/v ratios proposed by Mohraz for alluvium, the peak ground
velocity and peak ground displacement are equal to (see Table 9.2)
v = 48(0.102) = 4.90 in/s = 12.4 cm/s
3.9(4.90) 2
d= = 2.38 in = 6.0 cm
0.102(386.4)
Similarly, from Table 9.1, the mean values of the amplification factors proposed by Newmark
and Hall for 5% damping are
A = 2.12 V = 1.65 D = 1.39
Therefore, the peak ordinates for Newmark-Hall elastic 5% damping design spectra are
75
( SA)el = 2.12(0.102 g ) = 0.216 g
( SV )el = 1.65(12.4) = 20.5 cm/s
( SD)el = 1.39(6.0) = 8.3 cm
The spectral accelerations in the Newmark-Hall spectrum are thus given by
SA = 0.216 g
in the acceleration sensitive range, by
2π 128.8 0.131g
SA = ωSV = (20.5) = cm/s2 =
T T T
in the velocity sensitive range, and by
4π 2 327.7 0.334 g
SA = ω2 SD = 2
(8.3) = 2
cm/s2 =
T T T2
in the displacement sensitive range. The period interval is 0.125 =1/8 ≤ T ≤ 0.131/0.216 = 0.60 s
for the acceleration sensitive range, 0.60 ≤ T ≤ 0.334/0.131 = 2.5 s for the velocity sensitive
range, and T ≥ 2.5 s for the displacement sensitive range. The spectral accelerations in the transi-
tion range between T = 1/0.33 = 0.03 s (where the spectral acceleration is equal to the peak
ground acceleration) and T = 0.125 are given by
SA = 0.102 + 1.2(T − 0.03)
Now, according to Joyner-Boore-Fumal attenuation equation, the spectral ordinates for a de-
sign spectrum with 5 % damping are given by
ln SA = b1SS + b2 (M w - 6 ) + b3(M w - 6 )2 + b5 ln R 2 + h 2 + bV ln (VS /VA )
= b1SS + b2 (8 - 6) + b3 (8 - 6) 2 + b5 ln 60 2 + h 2 + bV ln(900 /VA )
where the coefficients b1, b2, etc. are given in Table 7.1. Substitution of the different coefficients
for the different periods leads thus to the spectral accelerations shown Table P9.7.
The Newmark-Hall and Joyner-Boore-Fumal design spectra are plotted in Figure P9.7.
0.250
Newmark-Hall
0.200
Spectral acceleration/g
Joyner-Boore-Fumal
0.150
0.100
0.050
0.000
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Period (s)
Figure P9.7. Constructed elastic response spectra in Problem 9.7
76
Table P9.7. Spectral ordinates for given periods obtained in Problem 9.7
Period b1SS b2 b3 b5 bV VA h ln SA SA/g
0 -0.313 0.527 0 -0.778 -0.371 1396 5.57 -2.285 0.102
0.1 1.006 0.753 -0.226 -0.934 -0.212 1112 6.27 -2.176 0.113
0.11 1.072 0.732 -0.23 -0.937 -0.211 1291 6.65 -2.150 0.116
0.12 1.109 0.721 -0.233 -0.939 -0.215 1452 6.91 -2.129 0.119
0.13 1.128 0.711 -0.233 -0.939 -0.221 1596 7.08 -2.106 0.122
0.14 1.135 0.707 -0.23 -0.938 -0.228 1718 7.18 -2.071 0.126
0.15 1.128 0.702 -0.228 -0.937 -0.238 1820 7.23 -2.056 0.128
0.16 1.112 0.702 -0.226 -0.935 -0.248 1910 7.24 -2.036 0.131
0.17 1.09 0.702 -0.221 -0.933 -0.258 1977 7.21 -2.014 0.133
0.18 1.063 0.705 -0.216 -0.93 -0.27 2037 7.16 -1.985 0.137
0.19 1.032 0.709 -0.212 -0.927 -0.281 2080 7.1 -1.965 0.140
0.2 0.999 0.711 -0.207 -0.924 -0.292 2118 7.02 -1.947 0.143
0.22 0.925 0.721 -0.198 -0.918 -0.315 2158 6.83 -1.914 0.147
0.24 0.847 0.732 -0.189 -0.912 -0.338 2178 6.62 -1.886 0.152
0.26 0.764 0.744 -0.18 -0.906 -0.36 2173 6.39 -1.865 0.155
0.28 0.681 0.758 -0.168 -0.899 -0.381 2158 6.17 -1.827 0.161
0.3 0.598 0.769 -0.161 -0.893 -0.401 2133 5.94 -1.823 0.162
0.32 0.518 0.783 -0.152 -0.888 -0.42 2104 5.72 -1.807 0.164
0.34 0.439 0.794 -0.143 -0.882 -0.438 2070 5.5 -1.795 0.166
0.36 0.361 0.806 -0.136 -0.877 -0.456 2032 5.3 -1.794 0.166
0.38 0.286 0.82 -0.127 -0.872 -0.472 1995 5.1 -1.780 0.169
0.4 0.212 0.831 -0.12 -0.867 -0.487 1954 4.91 -1.781 0.168
0.42 0.14 0.84 -0.113 -0.862 -0.502 1919 4.74 -1.784 0.168
0.44 0.073 0.852 -0.108 -0.858 -0.516 1884 4.57 -1.789 0.167
0.46 0.005 0.863 -0.101 -0.854 -0.529 1849 4.41 -1.791 0.167
0.48 -0.058 0.873 -0.097 -0.85 -0.541 1816 4.26 -1.803 0.165
0.5 -0.122 0.884 -0.09 -0.846 -0.553 1782 4.13 -1.802 0.165
0.55 -0.268 0.907 -0.078 -0.837 -0.579 1710 3.82 -1.823 0.162
0.6 -0.401 0.928 -0.069 -0.83 -0.602 1644 3.57 -1.858 0.156
0.65 -0.523 0.946 -0.06 -0.823 -0.622 1592 3.36 -1.887 0.151
0.7 -0.634 0.962 -0.053 -0.818 -0.639 1545 3.2 -1.927 0.146
0.75 -0.737 0.979 -0.046 -0.813 -0.653 1507 3.07 -1.956 0.141
0.8 -0.829 0.992 -0.041 -0.809 -0.666 1476 2.98 -1.993 0.136
0.85 -0.915 1.006 -0.037 -0.805 -0.676 1452 2.92 -2.025 0.132
0.9 -0.993 1.018 -0.035 -0.802 -0.685 1432 2.89 -2.063 0.127
0.95 -1.066 1.027 -0.032 -0.8 -0.692 1416 2.88 -2.103 0.122
1 -1.133 1.036 -0.032 -0.798 -0.698 1406 2.9 -2.146 0.117
1.1 -1.249 1.052 -0.03 -0.795 -0.706 1396 2.99 -2.211 0.110
1.2 -1.345 1.064 -0.032 -0.794 -0.71 1400 3.14 -2.283 0.102
1.3 -1.428 1.073 -0.035 -0.793 -0.711 1416 3.36 -2.348 0.096
1.4 -1.495 1.08 -0.039 -0.794 -0.709 1442 3.62 -2.409 0.090
1.5 -1.552 1.085 -0.044 -0.796 -0.704 1479 3.92 -2.469 0.085
1.6 -1.598 1.087 -0.051 -0.798 -0.697 1524 4.26 -2.530 0.080
1.7 -1.634 1.089 -0.058 -0.801 -0.689 1581 4.62 -2.582 0.076
1.8 -1.663 1.087 -0.067 -0.804 -0.679 1644 5.01 -2.643 0.071
1.9 -1.685 1.087 -0.074 -0.808 -0.667 1714 5.42 -2.689 0.068
2 -1.699 1.085 -0.085 -0.812 -0.655 1795 5.85 -2.745 0.064
77
Problem 9.8
The peak ground acceleration, peak ground velocity, and peak ground displacement expected at a
given alluvial site are estimated to be 0.843g, 50.74 in/s, and 12.81 in, respectively. Construct an
inelastic design spectrum for this site using Newmark-Hall average amplification factors to con-
struct the elastic spectrum and Miranda’s reduction factors to obtain the inelastic spectrum from the
elastic spectrum. Consider a damping ratio of 3% and a ductility factor of 4. Tetralogarithmic
graph paper is provided in Figure P9.5.
Solution:
From Table 9.1, the mean amplification factors for 3% damping are
A = 2.46 V = 1.86 D = 1.52
Therefore, the peak ordinates in the elastic Newmark-Hall design spectrum are
( SA)el = 2.46(0.843g ) = 2.07 g
( SV )el = 1.86(50.74) = 94.38 in/s
( SD)el = 1.52(12.81) = 19.47 in
and thus the spectral accelerations are given by
SA = 2.07 g
in the acceleration sensitive range,
2π 593.0 1.53g
SA = ωSV = (94.38) = in/s 2 =
T T T
in the velocity sensitive range, and
4π2 768.6 1.99 g
SA = ω2 SD = 2
(19.47) = 2
in/s 2 =
T T T2
in the displacement sensitive range. The period intervals that define the acceleration, velocity,
and displacement sensitive regions are, respectively,
0.125 = 1/8 ≤ T ≥ 1.53/2.07 = 0.74 s
0.60 ≤ T = 1.99/1.53 = 1.3 s
T ≥ 1.3 s
In the transition period between T = 1/33=0.03 s and T = 0.125 s, the spectral accelerations are
given by
SA = 0.843 + 12.916(T − 0.03)
Lastly, Miranda’s reduction factors are given by
μ −1
R =1+
Φ
where μ denotes ductility factor and for alluvial soils and the site under consideration
1 2 1
Φ =1+ − exp[−2(ln T − ) 2 ]
(12 − μ)T 5T 5
1 2 1
=1+ − exp[−2(ln T − ) 2 ]
8T 5T 5
In terms of the equations established above for the spectral accelerations and reductions factors,
the ordinates in the inelastic design spectrum for a series of natural periods are determined. The
obtained inelastic acceleration design spectrum is shown Figure P9.10.
78
2.5
2.0
Spectral acceleration/g
1.5
Elastic
1.0
0.5
Inelastic
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Period (s)
Problem 9.9
A single-degree-of-freedom structure has a total weight of 10 kips, a natural period of 1.5 s and a
damping ratio of 5%. The structure will be built on a site that is characterized by an expected peak
ground acceleration of 0.4g and the elastic response spectrum shape shown in Figure 9.4 for rock
and stiff soils. Determine the lateral strength for which this structure should be designed assuming
that the structure will have the capability of resisting inelastic deformations of up to 5 times its yield
strength. Use alternatively the criterion established in Section 9.2 and Miranda’s reduction factors
to account for the structure’s ability to withstand inelastic deformations.
Solution:
From the graph in Figure 9.4 for rock and stiff soils and a period of 1.5 seconds,
SA
= 0.7
PGA
and thus the corresponding ordinate in the elastic spectrum is
SA = 0.7(0.4 g ) = 0.28 g
(a) Using the criterion in Section 9.2 and considering a ductility factor of 5, the structure’s lateral
strength result as
( SD)el m( SA)el 10 0.28 g
Fy = ku y = k = = = 0.56 kips
μ μ g 5
(b) Miranda’s reduction factor is given by
μ −1 4
Rμ = 1 + =1+
Φ Φ
where for rock sites and a natural period of 1.5 s,
1 1 3 3
Φ =1+ − exp[− (ln T − ) 2 ]
(10 − μ)T 2T 2 5
1 1 3 3
=1+ − exp[− (ln1.5 − ) 2 ]
(10 − 5)1.5 2(1.5) 2 5
= 0.82
79
If the elastic spectral ordinate is instead reduced using Miranda’s reduction factor, the structure’s
lateral strength is equal to
m( SA)el 10 0.28 g
Fy = = = 0.48 kips
Rμ g 1 + 4 / 0.82
80
CHAPTER 10
Problem 10.1
A 5-story shear building has the properties shown in Table P10.1. Determine using the response
spectrum method the maximum story shears induced in this building when the base of the building
is subjected to a ground motion represented by an acceleration response spectrum constructed uti-
lizing the spectral shape corresponding to Soil Type 3 in Figure 8.17 and a peak ground accelera-
tion of 0.40 g. Consider a damping ratio of 5% in all modes. Recall that the spectral shapes in
Figure 8.17 were generated for systems with a damping ratio of 5%.
Table P10.1. Properties of building in Problem 10.1

Story Height Stiffness (MN/m) Mass (Mg)
(m)
1 4 249.88 179
2 3 237.05 170
3 3 224.57 161
4 3 212.09 152
5 3 199.62 143
Solution:
Mass and stiffness matrices
⎡179 0 0 0 0 ⎤
⎢ 0 170 0 0 0 ⎥⎥
⎢
[M ] = ⎢ 0 0 161 0 0 ⎥ Mg
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 0 152 0 ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 0 143⎥⎦
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57
⎢ 0 0 ⎥⎥
[K ] = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ MN/m
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦
Dynamic properties
In terms of these mass and stiffness matrices, the dynamic properties of the building are as indi-
cated in Table P10.1.
Table P10.1. Dynamic properties of building in Problem 10.1a

Mode 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency2 (rad2/s2) 124.090 949.250 2336.300 3845.300 4997.50
Period (s) 0.56 0.20 0.13 0.10 0.09
Participation factor 26.335 -8.958 -4.759 2.660 1.226
0.013 -0.034 -0.044 0.041 0.025
0.026 -0.046 -0.013 -0.035 -0.042
Mode shape 0.036 -0.025 0.043 -0.013 0.047
0.045 0.015 0.026 0.048 -0.037
0.049 0.046 -0.039 -0.028 0.014
81
Spectral accelerations
From the design spectrum for Soil Type 3 in Figure 8.15, the spectral accelerations correspond-
ing to the natural periods of the system are shown in Table P10.1b.
Table P10.1b. Spectral accelerations corresponding to building’s natural periods in Problem 10.1
Period (s) SA/PGA SA(g) SA(m/s2)
0.56 2.5 1.00g 9.81
0.20 2.5 1.00g 9.81
0.13 2.3 0.92g 9.02
0.10 2.0 0.80g 7.85
0.09 1.9 0.76g 7.46
Maximum modal displacements

By the application of Equation 10.54, the maximum modal displacements result as
⎧0.013⎫ ⎧0.02723⎫
⎪0.026⎪ ⎪0.05338⎪
Γ ⎪
26.335 ⎪ ⎪
⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u}1 = 12 {φ}1 SA1 = ⎨0.036⎬9.81 = ⎨0.07597 ⎬ m
ω1 124.090 ⎪
0.045⎪ ⎪0.09273⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪0.049⎭⎪ ⎩⎪0.10178⎭⎪
⎧− 0.034⎫ ⎧ 0.00315 ⎫
⎪− 0.046⎪ ⎪ 0.00421 ⎪
Γ ⎪
− 8.958 ⎪ ⎪
⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u}2 = 22 {φ}2 SA2 = ⎨− 0.025⎬9.81 = ⎨ 0.00231 ⎬ m
ω2 949.250 ⎪
0.015 ⎪ ⎪- 0.00137⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪ 0.046 ⎭⎪ ⎩⎪- 0.00429⎭⎪
⎧- 0.044⎫ ⎧ 0.00082 ⎫
⎪- 0.013⎪ ⎪ 0.00024 ⎪
Γ ⎪
- 4.759 ⎪ ⎪
⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u}3 = 32 {φ}3 SA3 = ⎨ 0.043 ⎬9.02 = ⎨- 0.00080⎬ m
ω3 2336.300 ⎪
0.026 ⎪ ⎪- 0.00048⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪- 0.039⎭⎪ ⎩⎪ 0.00071 ⎭⎪
⎧ 0.041 ⎫ ⎧ 0.00022 ⎫
⎪- 0.035⎪ ⎪− 0.00019⎪
Γ 2.660 ⎪⎪ ⎪
⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u}4 = 42 {φ}4 SA4 = ⎨- 0.013⎬7.85 = ⎨− 0.00007⎬ m
ω4 3845.300 ⎪
0.048 ⎪ ⎪ 0.00026 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪- 0.028⎭⎪ ⎩⎪− 0.00015⎭⎪
⎧ 0.025 ⎫ ⎧ 0.00004 ⎫
⎪- 0.042⎪ ⎪- 0.00008⎪
Γ 1.226 ⎪⎪ ⎪
⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u}5 = 52 {φ}5 SA5 = ⎨ 0.047 ⎬7.46 = ⎨ 0.00009 ⎬ m
ω5 4997.50 ⎪
- 0.037⎪ ⎪- 0.00007⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪ 0.014 ⎭⎪ ⎩⎪ 0.00003 ⎭⎪
82
Maximum modal lateral forces
Considering Equation 10.57 and these modal displacements, the maximum modal lateral forces
are
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎧0.02723⎫ ⎧0.604⎫
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57 0 0 ⎥ ⎪0.05338⎪ ⎪1.126 ⎪
⎢ ⎥ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{Fs }1 = [ K ] max{u}1 = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ ⎨0.07597 ⎬ = ⎨1.518 ⎬ MN
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥ ⎪0.09273⎪ ⎪1.749 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦ ⎩⎪0.10178⎭⎪ ⎩⎪1.806 ⎭⎪
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.00315 ⎫ ⎧ 0.535 ⎫
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎪⎪ 0.00421 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ 0.680 ⎪⎪
⎢ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }2 = [ K ] max{u}2 = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ ⎨ 0.00231 ⎬ = ⎨ 0.353 ⎬ MN
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥ ⎪- 0.00137 ⎪ ⎪− 0.198⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩- 0.00429⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.582⎪⎭
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.00082 ⎫ ⎧ 0.342 ⎫
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎪⎪ 0.00024 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ 0.094 ⎪⎪
⎢ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }3 = [ K ] max{u}3 = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ ⎨- 0.00080⎬ = ⎨− 0.299⎬ MN
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥ ⎪- 0.00048⎪ ⎪− 0.170⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 0.00071 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.237 ⎪⎭
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.00004 ⎫ ⎧ 0.040 ⎫
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎪⎪- 0.00008⎪⎪ ⎪⎪− 0.066⎪⎪
⎢ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }5 = [ K ] max{u}5 = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ ⎨ 0.00009 ⎬ = ⎨ 0.069 ⎬ MN
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥ ⎪- 0.00007 ⎪ ⎪ − 0.051⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 0.00003 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.019 ⎪⎭
Maximum modal story shears
Adding the lateral forces to obtain story shears, one obtains
⎧0.604 + 1.126 + 1.518 + 1.749 + 1.806⎫ ⎧6.804⎫
⎪ 1.126 + 1.518 + 1.749 + 1.806 ⎪ ⎪6.199⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{V }1 = ⎨ 1.518 + 1.749 + 1.806 ⎬ = ⎨5.073⎬MN
⎪ 1.749 + 1.806 ⎪ ⎪3.555⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ 1.806 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩1.806 ⎪⎭
⎧0.535 + 0.680 + 0.353 − 0.198 − 0.582⎫ ⎧ 0.787 ⎫
⎪ 0.680 + 0.353 − 0.198 − 0.582 ⎪ ⎪ 0.252 ⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{V }2 = ⎨ 0.353 − 0.198 − 0.582 ⎬ = ⎨− 0.428⎬MN
⎪ − 0.198 − 0.582 ⎪ ⎪ − 0.781⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ − 0.582 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.582⎪⎭
⎧0.342 + 0.094 − 0.299 − 0.170 + 0.237 ⎫ ⎧ 0.204 ⎫

⎪ 0.094 − 0.299 − 0.170 + 0.237 ⎪ ⎪− 0.138⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{V }3 = ⎨ − 0.299 − 0.170 + 0.237 ⎬ = ⎨− 0.232⎬MN
⎪ − 0.170 + 0.237 ⎪ ⎪ 0.067 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪ 0.237 ⎭⎪ ⎩⎪ 0.237 ⎭⎪
83
⎧0.153 − 0.123 − 0.045 + 0.154 − 0.082⎫ ⎧ 0.056 ⎫
⎪ − 0.123 − 0.045 + 0.154 − 0.082 ⎪ ⎪− 0.097⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{V }4 = ⎨ − 0.045 + 0.154 − 0.082 ⎬ = ⎨ 0.026 ⎬MN
⎪ 0.154 − 0.082 ⎪ ⎪ 0.071 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ − 0.082 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.082⎪⎭
⎧0.040 − 0.066 + 0.069 − 0.051 + 0.019⎫ ⎧ 0.011 ⎫
⎪ − 0.066 + 0.069 − 0.051 + 0.019 ⎪ ⎪− 0.029⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{V }5 = ⎨ 0.069 − 0.051 + 0.019 ⎬ = ⎨ 0.037 ⎬MN
⎪ − 0.051 + 0.019 ⎪ ⎪− 0.033⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ 0.019 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.019 ⎪⎭
Maximum story shears by SRSS rule
Combining then the modal story shear with the square-root-of-the-sum-of-the-squares rule (ex-
cept for the insignificant fourth and fifth modes, there is no closely spaced natural frequencies),
the maximum story shears are thus equal to
⎧(6.804 2 + 0.787 2 + 0.2042 + 0.0562 + 0.0112 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧6.852⎫
⎪ 2 2 2 2 2 1/ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪(6.199 + 0.252 + 0.138 + 0.097 + 0.029 ) ⎪ ⎪6.207 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{V }max = ⎨(5.0732 + 0.4282 + 0.232 2 + 0.0262 + 0.037 2 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨5.096 ⎬ MN
⎪ (3.5552 + 0.7812 + 0.067 2 + 0.0712 + 0.0332 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪ 3.641⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ (1.8062 + 0.5822 + 0.237 2 + 0.0822 + 0.0192 )1 / 2 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩1.914 ⎪⎭
Problem 10.2
Using the response spectrum method and the design spectra shown in Figure P10.2, calculate the
maximum lateral forces exerted on a three-story shear building with the properties listed in Table
P10.2. Assume a damping matrix proportional to the building's mass and stiffness matrices and a
damping ratio of 5% in its first two modes.
Figure P10.2. Design spectrum specified in Problem 10.2
84
Table P10.2. Mass and stiffness properties of three-story shear building in Problem 10.2
Story Stiffness (kN/m) Mass (Mg)
1 355.3 3.0
2 236.9 1.5
3 118.4 1.0
Solution:
Dynamic properties
The mass and stiffness matrices of the system are
⎡3.0 0 0⎤ ⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤
[ M ] = ⎢ 0 1.5 0 ⎥⎥
⎢ [ K ] = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 0 1.0⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦
Then, solving the eigenvalue problem, one obtains the dynamic properties given in Table P10.2b
Table P10.2b. Dynamic properties of building in Problem 10.2

Mode 1 2 3
Period (s) 1.00 0.50 0.33
Participation factor 1.0 1.0 1.0
0.5 0.4 0.1
Mode shape 1.0 0.2 -0.2
1.5 -0.6 0.1
Damping ratios
Assuming a damping matrix proportional to the mass and stiffness matrices and considering damp-
ing ratios of 5 % for the first two modes, Equation 10.93 leads to
2ω1ω2 ξ1 2(2π / 1.00)(2π / 0.5)
α= = 0.05 = 0.419
ω1 + ω2 2π / 1.00 + 2π / 0.5
2ξ1 2(0.05)
β= = = 0.005
ω1 + ω2 2π / 1.00 + 2π / 0.5
and thus, according to Equation 10.92, one has that
1 α 1 0.419
ξ3 = ( + βω3 ) = [ + 0.005(2π / 0.33)] = 0.058
2 ω3 2 2π / 0.33
From the given design spectrum, the spectral accelerations are
SA(1.0,0.05) ≈ 0.35 g = 3.43 m/s 2
SA(0.5,0.05) ≈ 0.65 g = 6.38 m/s 2
SA(0.33,0.058) ≈ 0.70 g = 6.87 m/s 2
Modal displacements
Applying Equation 10.54,
⎧0.5⎫ ⎧0.04⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}1 = 2 {φ}1 SA(ω1 , ξ1 ) = 2 ⎨
1.0 ⎬3.43 = ⎨0.09⎬ m
ω1 (2π / 1.00) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪0.13⎪
⎩1.5 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
85
⎧ 0 .4 ⎫ ⎧ 0.02 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}2 = 2 {φ}2 SA(ω2 , ξ 2 ) = 2 ⎨
0.2 ⎬6.38 = ⎨ 0.01 ⎬ m
ω2 (2π / 0.5) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪− 0.02⎪
⎩ − 0 .6 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.1 ⎫ ⎧ 0.002 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}3 = 2 {φ}3 SA(ω3 , ξ3 ) = 2 ⎨
− 0.2⎬6.87 = ⎨− 0.004⎬ m
ω1 ( 2π / 0.33) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 0.002 ⎪
⎩ 0.1 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Applying Equation 10.57,
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧0.04⎫ ⎧2.37 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }1 = [ K ] max{u}1 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨0.09⎬ = ⎨ 7.11⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.13⎪⎭ ⎪⎩4.74⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.02 ⎫ ⎧ 9.47 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }2 = [ K ] max{u}2 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨ 0.01 ⎬ = ⎨ 1.18 ⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩− 0.02⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 3.55⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.002 ⎫ ⎧ 2.13 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }3 = [ K ] max{u}3 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨− 0.004⎬ = ⎨− 2.13⎬ kN
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 0.002 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.71 ⎪⎭
Maximum lateral forces
Combining the maximum lateral forces with the SRSS rule, the maximum lateral forces are
⎧(2.37 2 + 9.47 2 + 2.132 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧9.99⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Fs }max = ⎨ (7.112 + 1.16 2 + 2.132 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨7.51⎬ kN
⎪ (4.74 2 + 3.552 + 0.712 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪5.96⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Problem 10.3
Repeat Problem 10.2 considering a damping matrix proportional to the building's stiffness matrix
and a damping ratio of 5% in its fundamental mode.
Solution:
Damping ratios
From Equation 10.95, one has that
2ξ1 2(0.05)
β= = = 0.016
ω1 2π / 1.00
and, thus, the damping ration in the second and third mode are
1 1
ξ 2 = βω2 = (0.016)(2π / 0.5) = 0.10
2 2
1 1
ξ3 = βω3 = (0.016)(2π / 0.33) = 0.15
2 2
SA(1.0,0.05) ≈ 0.35 g = 3.43 m/s 2
SA(0.5,0.10) ≈ 0.40 g = 3.92 m/s 2
86
SA(0.33,0.15) ≈ 0.28 g = 2.75 m/s 2
Modal displacements
Applying Equation 10.54, one gets
⎧0.5⎫ ⎧0.04⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}1 = 2 {φ}1 SA(ω1 , ξ1 ) = 2 ⎨
1.0 ⎬3.43 = ⎨0.09⎬ m
ω1 (2π / 1.00) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪0.13⎪
⎩1.5 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0 .4 ⎫ ⎧ 0.010 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}2 = 2 {φ}2 SA(ω2 , ξ 2 ) = 2 ⎨
0.2 ⎬3.92 = ⎨ 0.005 ⎬ m
ω2 ( 2π / 0.5) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪− 0.015⎪
⎩ − 0 .6 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.1 ⎫ ⎧ 0.0008 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}3 = 2 {φ}3 SA(ω3 , ξ3 ) = 2 ⎨
− 0.2⎬2.75 = ⎨− 0.0015⎬ m
ω1 ( 2π / 0.33) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 0.0008 ⎪
⎩ 0.1 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Applying then Equation 10.57, one arrives to
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧0.04⎫ ⎧2.37 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }1 = [ K ] max{u}1 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨0.09⎬ = ⎨ 7.11⎬ kN
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.13⎪⎭ ⎪⎩4.74⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.010 ⎫ ⎧ 4.74 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }2 = [ K ] max{u}2 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨ 0.005 ⎬ = ⎨ 1.18 ⎬ kN
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩− 0.015⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 2.37 ⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.0008 ⎫ ⎧ 0.83 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }3 = [ K ] max{u}3 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨− 0.0015⎬ = ⎨− 0.82⎬ kN
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 0.0008 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.27 ⎪⎭
Combining then the maximum lateral forces with the SRSS rule, one obtains
⎧(2.37 2 + 4.74 2 + 0.832 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧5.36⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Fs }max = ⎨ (7.112 + 1.182 + 0.832 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨7.25⎬ kN
⎪(4.742 + 2.37 2 + 0.27 2 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪5.30⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Problem 10.4
Repeat Problem 10.2 considering a damping matrix proportional to the building's mass matrix and
a damping ratio of 5% in its fundamental mode.
Solution:
Damping ratios
α = 2ξ1ω1 = 2(0.05)(2π × 1.00) = 0.628
and, thus, the damping ratio in the second and third mode are
1 α 1 0.628
ξ2 = = = 0.025
2 ω 2 2 2 π / 0 .5
87
1 α 1 0.628
ξ3 = = = 0.017
2 ω3 2 2π / 0.33
SA(1.0,0.05) ≈ 0.35 g = 3.43 m/s 2
SA(0.5,0.025) ≈ 1.0 g = 9.81 m/s 2
SA(0.33,0.017) ≈ 1.4 g = 13.73 m/s 2
Modal displacements
Applying Equation 10.54, one obtains
⎧0.5⎫ ⎧0.04⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}1 = 2 {φ}1 SA(ω1 , ξ1 ) = 2 ⎨
1.0 ⎬3.43 = ⎨0.09⎬ m
ω1 (2π / 1.00) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪0.13⎪
⎩1.5 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0 . 4 ⎫ ⎧ 0 . 025 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}2 = 2 {φ}2 SA(ω2 , ξ 2 ) = 2 ⎨
0.2 ⎬9.81 = ⎨ 0.012 ⎬ m
ω2 (2π / 0.5) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪− 0.037 ⎪
⎩− 0.6⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.1 ⎫ ⎧ 0.004 ⎫
Γ1 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}3 = 2 {φ}3 SA(ω3 , ξ3 ) = 2 ⎨
− 0.2⎬13.73 = ⎨− 0.008⎬ m
ω1 (2π / 0.33) ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ 0.004 ⎪
⎩ 0.1 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Then, applying Equation 10.57 one gets
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧0.04⎫ ⎧2.37 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }1 = [ K ] max{u}1 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨0.09⎬ = ⎨ 7.11⎬ kN
⎢
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.13⎪⎭ ⎪⎩4.74⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.025 ⎫ ⎧ 11.96 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }2 = [ K ] max{u}2 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨ 0.012 ⎬ = ⎨ 2.72 ⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩− 0.037 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 5.80⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.004 ⎫ ⎧ 4.26 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }3 = [ K ] max{u}3 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨− 0.008⎬ = ⎨− 4.26⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 0.004 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 1.42 ⎪⎭
Combining the maximum lateral forces with the SRSS rule, one arrives to
⎧(2.37 2 + 4.742 + 0.832 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧12.92⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Fs }max = ⎨ (7.112 + 1.182 + 0.832 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨ 8.72 ⎬ kN
⎪(4.742 + 2.37 2 + 0.27 2 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪ 7.62 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Problem 10.5
Estimate the maximum acceleration response of the two-story shear building shown in Figure
P10.5 when the base of the building is subjected to the ground motion represented by the elastic re-
sponse spectrum shown in Figure P8.2a. Assume elastic behavior and a damping ratio of 5% for all
modes.
88
Mass = 1.0 Gg
Stiffness =
20.0 MN/m
Mass = 6.76 Gg
Stiffness =
296.4 MN/m
Figure P10.5. Two-story shear building in Problem 10.5
Solution:
Mass and damping matrices
⎡6.76 0 ⎤ ⎡316.4 − 20⎤
[M ] = ⎢ ⎥ [K ] = ⎢
⎣ 0 1.0⎦ ⎣ − 20 20 ⎥⎦
Eigenvalue problem
The solution of the corresponding eigenvalue problem leads to
316.4 − 6.76ω2 − 20
[ K ] − ω2 [ M ] = =0
− 20 20 − ω2
or
(316.4 − 6.76ω2 )(20 − ω2 ) = 0
or
ω4 − 66.8ω2 + 876.9 = 0
from which one gets
66.8 1
ω2 = + (66.8) 2 − 4(876.9) = 33.4 ± 15.4
2 2
ω12 = 18.0 rad/s ω22 = 48.8 rad/s
f1 = 0.68 Hz f 2 = 1.11 Hz
Writing the equation of motion explicitly in terms of mode shapes and natural frequencies, one ob-
tains
⎡6.76 0 ⎤ ⎧ 1 ⎫ ⎡316.4 − 20.⎤ ⎧ 1 ⎫ ⎧0⎫
− ω2 ⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬ + ⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬ = ⎨ ⎬
⎣ 0 1.0⎦ ⎩φ2 ⎭ ⎣ − 20. 20. ⎦ ⎩φ2 ⎭ ⎩0⎭
and thus from the lower part, one has that
− ω2φ2 − 20 + 20φ2 = 0
which leads to
20
φ2 =
20 − ω2
Hence,
20 20
φ21 = = 10 φ22 = = −0.69
20 − 18.0 20 − 48.8
and thus the mode shapes are
89
⎧ 1.0 ⎫ ⎧ 1.0 ⎫
{φ}1 = ⎨ ⎬ {φ}2 = ⎨ ⎬
⎩10.0⎭ ⎩− 0.69⎭
Participation factors
According to Equation 10.32, the participation factors are equal to
6.76 × 1.0 + 1.0 × 10.0
Γ1 = = 0.16
6.76 × 1.02 + 1.0 × 10.02
6.76 × 1.0 − 1.0 × 069
Γ2 = = 0.84
6.76 × 1.02 + 1.0 × 0.692
Response spectrum ordinates
The corresponding response spectrum ordinates are thus equal to
SA(0.68,0.05) ≈ 0.65 g
SA(1.11,0.05) ≈ 1.1g
Maximum acceleration response
Applying, then, Equation 10.56, one gets
⎧ 1.0 ⎫ ⎧0.10⎫
max{&y&}1 = Γ1{φ}1 SA( f1 , ξ1 ) = 0.16⎨ ⎬0.65 g = ⎨ ⎬g
⎩10.0⎭ ⎩1.04 ⎭
⎧ 1.0 ⎫ ⎧ 0.92 ⎫
max{&y&}2 = Γ2{φ}2 SA( f 2 , ξ 2 ) = 0.84⎨ ⎬1.1g = ⎨ ⎬g
⎩− 0.69⎭ ⎩− 0.64⎭
and after combining the modal responses with the square-root-of-the sum-of the-squares rule (no
closely spaced natural frequencies), one arrives to
⎧0.102 + 0.922 ⎫ ⎧0.92⎫
{&y&}max = ⎨ 2 2⎬
=⎨ ⎬g
⎩1.04 + 0.64 ⎭ ⎩1.22 ⎭
Problem 10.6
A system is modeled as an elastic two-degree-of-freedom system with a damping ratio of 10% in
each mode and masses for the first and second degrees of freedom of 6.8 Gg and 1.0 Gg, respec-
tively. The natural frequencies and mode shapes of this two-degree-of-freedom model are given in
Table P10.6. Estimate using the response spectrum method the shear force at the base of the sys-
tem when its base is subjected to a ground motion represented by the response spectrum shown in
Figure E10.4b.
Table P10.6. Dynamic properties of building in Problem 10.6

Mode 1 2
Frequency (Hz) 0.674 1.112
Participation factor 0.162 0.838
Mode shape 1.000 1.000
9.747 -0.694
Solution:
From the response spectrum in Figure E10.4b, one obtains
SA(0.674,0.10) ≈ 0.15 g
SA(1.112,0.10) ≈ 0.35 g
Thus, by virtue of Equation 10.56, the maximum modal accelerations are
90
⎧1.000 ⎫ ⎧0.238⎫ 2
max{&y&(t )}1 = Γ1{φ}1 SA( f1 , ξ1 ) = 0.162⎨ ⎬0.15 g = ⎨ ⎬ m/s
⎩9.747 ⎭ ⎩2.323⎭
⎧ 1.000 ⎫ ⎧ 2.876 ⎫ 2
max{&y&(t )}2 = Γ2{φ}2 SA( f 2 , ξ 2 ) = 0.838⎨ ⎬0.35 g = ⎨ ⎬ m/s
⎩ − 0 .694 ⎭ ⎩ − 1. 996 ⎭
and the maximum modal lateral forces are
⎡6.8 0 ⎤ ⎧0.238⎫ ⎧1.62 ⎫
max{Fs }1 = [ M ] max{&y&}1 = ⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬=⎨ ⎬ MN
⎣ 0 1.0⎦ ⎩2.323⎭ ⎩2.32⎭
⎡6.8 0 ⎤ ⎧ 2.876 ⎫ ⎧ 19.56 ⎫
max{Fs }2 = [ M ] max{&y&}2 = ⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬=⎨ ⎬ MN
⎣ 0 1.0⎦ ⎩− 1.996⎭ ⎩− 2.00⎭
In consequence, the maximum modal base shears are
max(V0 )1 = 1.62 + 2.32 = 3.94 MN
max(V0 ) 2 = 19.56 − 2.00 = 17.56 MN
Combining the maximum modal base shears with the SRSS rule (no closely spaced natural fre-
quencies), the maximum base shear is thus equal to
(V0 ) max = 3.942 + 17.562 = 18.0 MN
Problem 10.7
The yield deformation response spectra shown in Figures P10.7a and P10.7b are representative of
the earthquake ground motions expected at a given area. Using the response spectrum method, de-
termine the maximum story shears in the building described in Problem 10.2 when the building is
subjected to a ground motion defined by these response spectra. Consider that the building stories
are capable of withstanding deformations that are five times as large as their respective yield de-
formations. Consider, in addition, that the damping matrix of the building is of the Rayleigh type
(that is, proportional to mass and stiffness matrices) and that the damping ratio in its fundamental
mode is 2% of critical. Use linear interpolation to find the spectral ordinates for damping ratios
other than 2 and 5%.
Figure P10.7. Yield deformation response spectra for elastoplastic systems with (a) 2% damping
and (b) 5% damping of N10W component of ground accelerations recorded during the 1971 San-
tiago, Chile, earthquake
Solution:
Using Equation 10.96, one gets
α = ξ1ω1 = 0.02(2π)(1.0) = 0.126
91
ξ1 0.02
β= = = 0.00318
ω1 2π(1.0)
Hence, the damping ratios in the second and third modes of the system are equal to
1 α 1 0.126
ξ2 = ( + βω2 ) = [ + 0.00318(2π)(2.0)] = 0.025
2 ω2 2 2π( 2.0)
1 α 1 0.126
ξ3 = ( + βω3 ) = [ + 0.00318(2π)(3.0)] = 0.033
2 ω3 2 2π(3.0)
and from the given inelastic spectra for μ =5, the spectral displacements are
SD1 = 0.5 in. = 0.0127 m
SD2 = 0.18 in. = 0.0046 m
SD3 = 0.10 in. = 0.0025 m
The maximum modal displacements are thus equal to
⎧0.5⎫ ⎧0.006⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}1 = ⎨1.0 ⎬0.0127 = ⎨0.013⎬ m
⎪1.5 ⎪ ⎪0.019⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.4 ⎫ ⎧ 0.002 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}2 = ⎨ 0.2 ⎬0.0046 = ⎨ 0.001 ⎬ m
⎪ − 0.6 ⎪ ⎪− 0.003⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0 . 1 ⎫ ⎧ 2 . 5 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{u}3 = ⎨− 0.2⎬0.0025 = ⎨− 5.0⎬ × 10- 4 m
⎪ 0.1 ⎪ ⎪ 2.5 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
In consequence, the maximum lateral forces are equal to
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧0.006⎫ ⎧0.473⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }1 = [ K ] max{u}1 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨0.013⎬ = ⎨0.948⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.019⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.710⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 0.002 ⎫ ⎧ 0.947 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }2 = [ K ] max{u}2 = ⎢⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥⎥ ⎨ 0.001 ⎬ = ⎨ 0.237 ⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩− 0.003⎪⎭ ⎪⎩− 0.474⎪⎭
⎡ 592.2 − 236.9 0 ⎤ ⎧ 2.5 ⎫ ⎧ 0.266 ⎫
⎢ ⎥ ⎪ ⎪ −4 ⎪ ⎪
max{Fs }3 = [ K ] max{u}3 = ⎢− 236.9 355.3 − 118.4⎥ ⎨− 5.0⎬10 = ⎨− 0.266⎬ kN
⎢⎣ 0 − 118.4 118.4 ⎥⎦ ⎪⎩ 2.5 ⎪⎭ ⎪ 0.089 ⎪
⎩ ⎭
and the corresponding modal story shears equal to
⎧0.473 + 0.948 + 0.710⎫ ⎧ 2.131⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{V }1 = ⎨ 0.948 + 0.710 ⎬ = ⎨1.658 ⎬ kN
⎪ 0.710 ⎪ ⎪0.710⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧0.947 + 0.237 − 0.474⎫ ⎧ 0.710 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{V }2 = ⎨ 0.237 − 0.474 ⎬ = ⎨− 0.237 ⎬ kN
⎪ − 0.474 ⎪ ⎪− 0.474⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
92
⎧0.266 − 0.266 + 0.089⎫ ⎧ 0.089 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{V }3 = ⎨ − 0.266 + 0.089 ⎬ = ⎨− 0.177 ⎬ kN
⎪ 0.089 ⎪ ⎪ 0.089 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Combining, then, the modal story shears with the SRSS rule (no closely spaced natural frequen-
cies), one arrives to
⎧( 2.1312 + 0.7102 + 0.089 2 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧2.248⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{V }max = ⎨(1.6582 + 0.237 2 + 0.177 2 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨1.684 ⎬kN
⎪(0.7102 + 0.474 2 + 0.0892 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪0.858⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Problem 10.8
Determine using the response spectrum method, the maximum acceleration at the top floor of the
building-penthouse system analyzed in Example 10.1 when the building is subjected to the same
ground motion considered in Example 10.1 but the masses and stiffnesses of the penthouse are re-
duced by a factor of ten. Use alternatively the following rules to combine the system’s modal res-
ponses: (a) square root of the sum of the squares; (b) complete quadratic combination; and (c)
double sum in conjunction with S-M formula to compute the modal correlation coefficients. As-
sume a damping ratio of 1% for all modes and consider only the first three modes of vibration.
Solution:
The dynamic properties of the system considering m4 = 0.0045 Mg, m5 = 0.0015 Mg, K4 = 0.36
kN/m, and K5 = 0.09 kN/m results as shown in Table P10.8.
Table P10.8. Dynamic properties of building in Problem 10.8

Mode 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency (rad/s) 6.174 6.473 10.950 12.664 18.975
Period (s) 1.018 0.971 0.574 0.496 0.331
Participation factor 1.525 -1.476 -0.116 -0.943 -0.316
0.161 -0.172 -0.038 -0.420 -0.316
0.327 -0.340 -0.039 -0.208 0.632
Mode shape 0.502 -0.497 0.019 0.633 -0.317
5.687 4.838 12.860 -1.046 0.099
15.590 16.043 -12.879 0.625 -0.020
From the response spectrum in Figure E10.1(b) and considering only the first three modes, one
then gets
SA1 = SA(6.174,0.01) = 0.39 g SA2 = SA(6.473,0.01) = 0.38 g SA3 = SA(10.950,0.01) = 1.20 g
SD1 = SD(6.174,0.01) = 0.100 m SD2 = SD(6.473,0.01) = 0.090 m SD3 = SD(10.950,0.01) = 0.100 m
PSV1 = PSV (6.174,0.01) = 0.62 m/s PSV2 = PSV (6.473,0.01) = 0.58 m/s PSV3 = PSV (10.950,0.01) = 1.09 m/s
Also, according to Equations 10.79 through 10.81,
av = 1.095 + 0.647ξ − 0.382ξ 2 = 1.095 + 0.647(0.01) − 0.382(0.01) 2 = 1.102
bv = 0.193 + 0.838ξ − 0.621ξ 2 = 0.193 + 0.838(0.01) − 0.621(0.01) 2 = 0.201
2π 0.201
SV1 = avT1bv PSV1 = 1.102( ) (0.62) = 0.69 m/s
6.174
93
2π 0.201
SV2 = avT2bv PSV2 = 1.102( ) (0.58) = 0.63 m/s
6.473
2π 0.201
SV3 = avT3bv PSV3 = 1.102( ) (1.09) == 1.07 m/s
10.950
By virtue of Equation 10.56, one has thus that
max( &y&5 )1 = Γ1φ15 SA(ω1 , ξ1 ) = 1.525(15.590)0.39g = 9.27 g
max( &y&5 ) 2 = Γ2φ25 SA(ω2 , ξ 2 ) = −1.476(16.043)0.38g = −9.00 g
max( &y&5 )3 = Γ3φ35 SA(ω3 , ξ3 ) = −0.116(−12.879)1.20g = 1.79 g
Square root of the sum of the squares (SRSS)
Combining the modal accelerations with the SRSS rule,
( &y&5 ) max = g 9.27 2 + 9.002 + 1.792 = 13.0 g
Complete quadratic combination
According to Equation 10.73, the modal correlation coefficients are given by
8ξ 2 (1 + rmn )rmn
3/ 2 3/ 2
0.0008(1 + rmn )rmn
ρmn = 2 2
=
(1 − rmn ) + 4ξ 2 rmn (1 + rmn ) 2 (1 − rmn
2 2
) + 0.0004rmn (1 + rmn ) 2
where rmn = ωm/ωn. Therefore, for the first three modes, the modal correlation coefficients are
⎡1.000 0.151 0.001⎤
[ρmn ] = ⎢⎢0.151 1.000 0.001⎥⎥
⎢⎣0.001 0.001 1.000⎥⎦
Applying Equation 10.67 with the first three modes considered, one then gets
( &y&5 ) max = g 9.27 2 + 9.002 + 1.792 + 2(0.151)(9.27)(−9.00) + 2(0.001)(9.27)(1.79) + 2(0.001)(−9.00)(1.79)

= 12.04 g
Singh-Maldonado rule
The constants defined by Equations 10.75 through 10.78, arranged in matrix form, are
⎡0.002 0.010 0.466⎤ ⎡ 0.500 8.606 0.466⎤
[ Dmn ] = ⎢⎢0.012 0.002 0.424⎥⎥ [ Amn ] = ⎢− 9.303 0.500 0.537 ⎥⎥
⎢
⎢⎣ 4.611 3.470 0.002⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ − 1.463 − 1.534 0.500⎥⎦
⎡ 0 − 0.224 − 0.012⎤ ⎡ 0.5 − 9.303 − 1.463⎤
⎢
[ Bmn ] = ⎢0.224 0 − 0.013⎥⎥ [Cmn ] = ⎢⎢8.606 0.5 − 1.534⎥⎥
⎢⎣0.012 0.013 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣0.466 0.537 0.5 ⎥⎦
Then, by virtue of Equation 10.74, the modal correlation coefficients, also arranged in matrix form,
are
⎡ 1.0 0.782 0.181⎤
[ρmn ] = ⎢⎢0.782 1.0 0.157⎥⎥
⎢⎣ 0.181 0.157 1.0 ⎥⎦
Thus,
( &y&5 ) max = g 9.27 2 + 9.00 2 + 1.792 + 2(0.782)(9.27)(−9.00) + 2(0.181)(9.27)(1.79) + 2(0.157)(−9.00)(1.79)
= 6.37 g
94
Problem 10.9
Determine using the modal acceleration method the displacement response of the five-story build-
ing described in Problem 10.1 when the building is subjected to the same ground motion defined
therein. Consider alternatively (a) only the first mode of vibration; and (b) only the first two mod-
es of vibration.
Solution:
With only the first mode considered
According to Equation 10.109, the maximum displacements are given by
1 1
max{u (t )} = {[ ∑∑ ρ
m =1 n =1
mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n + U s2 [max u&&g (t )]2 − 2U sVP ]1 / 2 }
where Us and VP are the elements of the vectors (see Equation 10.110)
1 1
Γr
{U s } = [ K ]−1[ M ]{J } − ∑ω r =1
2
r
{φ}r {VP } = ∑ Γ {φ} (SV
r =1
r r r
2
− ωr2 SDr2 )
But from the solution to Problem 10.1, one has that

⎧0.027232 ⎫ ⎧0.00074⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ ⎪
1 1 ⎪0.05338 ⎪ ⎪0.00285⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{∑∑ ρ mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n } = {(max[u (t )]1 ) 2 } = ⎨0.07597 2 ⎬ = ⎨0.00577⎬ m
m=1 n =1 ⎪0.092732 ⎪ ⎪0.00860⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.101782 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.01036⎪⎭
⎡179 0 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎧1⎫
⎢ 0 170 0 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎪1⎪
⎢ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
[M ] = ⎢ 0 0 161 0 0 ⎥ Mg {J } = ⎨1⎬
⎢ ⎥ ⎪1⎪
⎢ 0 0 0 152 0 ⎥
⎪⎪
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 0 143⎥⎦ ⎪⎩1⎪⎭
⎡ 486.93 − 237.05 0 0 0 ⎤
⎢− 237.05 461.62 − 224.57 0 0 ⎥⎥
⎢
[K ] = ⎢ 0 − 224.57 436.66 − 212.09 0 ⎥ × 103 kN/m
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 − 212.09 411.71 − 199.62⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 − 199.62 199.62 ⎥⎦
⎡0.00400 0.00400 0.00400 0.00400 0.00400⎤

⎢0.00400 0.00822 0.00822 0.00822 0.00822⎥⎥
⎢
[ K ]−1 = ⎢0.00400 0.00822 0.01267 0.01267 0.01267⎥ × 10− 3
⎢ ⎥
⎢0.00400 0.00822 0.01267 0.01739 0.01739⎥
⎢⎣0.00400 0.00822 0.01267 0.01739 0.02240⎥⎦
95
⎧ 0.00321⎫
⎪0.00585⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
[ K ]−1[ M ]{J } = ⎨0.00788⎬
⎪0.00927⎪
⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.00999⎪⎭
⎧0.013⎫ ⎧0.00276⎫
⎪0.026⎪ ⎪0.00552⎪
1
Γr 26.335 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
∑ 2
r =1 ωr
{φ}r =
124.090 ⎪
⎨ 0 . 036 ⎬ = ⎨0 . 00764 ⎬
0.045 ⎪ ⎪ 0.00955⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.049⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.01040⎪⎭
⎧ 0.00321⎫ ⎧0.00276⎫ ⎧ 0.00045 ⎫
⎪0.00585⎪ ⎪0.00552⎪ ⎪ 0.00033 ⎪
1
Γr ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
{U s } = [ K ]−1[ M ]{J } −∑ 2
r =1 ωr
{φ}r = ⎨ 0. 00788 ⎬ − ⎨0. 00764 ⎬ = ⎨ 0 . 00024 ⎬
⎪0.00927 ⎪ ⎪0.00955⎪ ⎪− 0.00028⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.00999⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.01040⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ − 0.00041⎪⎭
From the data given in Problem 10.1, the relationship between pseudovelocity and spectral accelera-
tion, and Equations 10.79 through 10.81, one also has that
max u&&g (t ) = 0.40 g = 0.40(9.81) = 3.92 m/s 2
PSV1 = SA1 / ω1 = 9.81 / 11.140 = 0.881 m/s
av = 1.095 + 0.647ξ − 0.382ξ 2 = 1.095 + 0.647(0.05) − 0.382(0.05) 2 = 1.126
bv = 0.193 + 0.838ξ − 0.621ξ 2 = 0.193 + 0.838(0.05) − 0.621(0.05) 2 = 0.233
2π 0.233
SV1 = avT1bv PSV1 = 1.126( ) (0.881) = 0.868 m/s
11.140
and thus
⎧0.013⎫ ⎧0.008⎫
⎪0.026⎪ ⎪0.016⎪
1 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
∑
{VP } = Γr {φ}r ( SVr2 − ω2r SDr2 ) = 26.335⎨0.036⎬(0.8682 − 0.8812 ) = −⎨0.022⎬
r =1 ⎪0.045⎪ ⎪0.027⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪0.049⎭⎪ ⎩⎪0.029⎭⎪
Therefore,
⎧0.00074⎫ ⎧ 0.000452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.00045 ⎫⎧0.008⎫ ⎧0.00075⎫
⎪0.00285⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ 0.00033 ⎪⎪0.016⎪ ⎪0.00286⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ 0.00033 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u 2 (t )} = ⎨0.00577⎬ + ⎨ 0.000242 ⎬3.922 + 2⎨ 0.00024 ⎬⎨0.022⎬ = ⎨0.00578⎬
⎪0.00860⎪ ⎪− 0.000282 ⎪ ⎪− 0.00028⎪⎪0.027⎪ ⎪0.00859⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.01036⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ − 0.000412 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ − 0.00041⎪⎭⎪⎩0.029⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.01034⎪⎭
and thus
96
⎧0.027⎫
⎪0.053⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u (t )} = ⎨0.076⎬ m
⎪0.093⎪
⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.102⎪⎭
With only the first two modes considered
According to Equation 10.109, the maximum displacements are given by
2 2
max{u (t )} = {[ ∑∑ ρ
m =1 n =1
mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n + U s2 [max u&&g (t )]2 − 2U sVP ]1 / 2 }
But
2 2
{∑∑ ρ
m =1 n =1
mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n } = {(max[u (t )]1 ) 2 } + {(max[u (t )]2 ) 2 } + 2ρ12{max[u (t )]1 max[u (t )]2 }
and in view of Equations 10.79 through 10.81 and 10.74,

ω1 11.140
r12 = = = 0.362
ω2 30.810
D12 = 1 + 4ξ1ξ 2 r12 − 2(1 − 2ξ12 − 2ξ 22 ) r122 + 4ξ1ξ 2 r123 + r124
= 1 + 4(0.05)(0.05)(0.362) − 2[1 − 2(0.05) 2 − 2(0.05) 2 ]0.3622 + 4(0.05)(0.05)(0.362)3 + 0.3624
= 0.762
A12 = [ r122 + 4ξ1ξ 2 r123 − (1 − 4ξ12 ) r124 ] / D12 = [0.362 2 + 4(0.05)(0.05)0.3623 − (1 − 4 × 0.052 )0.3624 ] / 0.762
= 0.150
B12 = (r122 − 1) / ω22 D12 = (0.3622 − 1) /(30.8102 × 0.762) = −0.0012
Cmn = [ −1 + 4ξ 22 + 4ξ1ξ 2 r12 + r122 ] / D12 = [ −1 + 4(0.05) 2 + 4(0.05)(0.05)(0.362) + 0.3622 ] / 0.762 = −1.122
PSV1 = SA1 / ω1 = 9.81 / 11.140 = 0.881 m/s
PSV2 = SA2 / ω2 = 9.81 / 30.810 = 0.318 m/s
2π 0.233
SV1 = avT1bv PSV1 = 1.126( ) (0.881) = 0.868 m/s
11.140
2π 0.233
SV2 = avT2bv PSV2 = 1.126( ) (0.318) = 0.247 m/s
30.810
SD1 = PSV1 / ω1 = 0.881 / 11.140 = 0.079 m
SD2 = PSV2 / ω2 = 0.318 / 30.810 = 0.010 m
A12 SD12 + B12 ( SV12 − SV22 ) + C12 SD22
ρ12 =
SD1SD2
| 0.150(0.079) − 0.0012(0.8682 − 0.247 2 ) − 1.122(0.010) 2 |
2
=
0.079(0.010)
= 0.009
and thus
2 2
{∑∑ ρ
m =1 n =1
mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n }
97
⎧0.027232 ⎫ ⎧ 0.003152 ⎫ ⎧0.02723⎫⎧ 0.00315 ⎫ ⎧0.00075⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪0.05338⎪⎪ 0.00421 ⎪ ⎪0.00287⎪
⎪0.05338 ⎪ ⎪ 0.00421 ⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨0.07597 2 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.002312 ⎬ + 2(0.009)⎨0.07597⎬⎨ 0.00231 ⎬ = ⎨0.00578⎬ m
⎪0.092732 ⎪ ⎪- 0.00137 2 ⎪ ⎪0.09273⎪⎪- 0.00137⎪ ⎪0.00860⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.101782 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩- 0.004292 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.10178⎪⎭⎪⎩- 0.00429⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.01038⎪⎭
Similarly,
⎧ 0.00321⎫
⎪0.00585⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
[ K ]−1[ M ]{J } = ⎨0.00788⎬
⎪0.00927⎪
⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.00999⎪⎭
⎧0.013⎫ ⎧− 0.034⎫ ⎧0.00308⎫
⎪0.026⎪ ⎪− 0.046⎪ ⎪0.00595⎪
2
Γr ⎪
26.335 ⎪ ⎪
⎪ 8.958 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
∑ 2
r =1 ωr
{φ}r = ⎨
124.090 ⎪
0 . 036 ⎬ − ⎨
949.25 ⎪
− 0. 025 ⎬ = ⎨ 0 .00788 ⎬
0.045 ⎪ 0.015 ⎪ ⎪0.00940⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.049⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.046 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.00996⎪⎭
⎧ 0.00321⎫ ⎧0.00308⎫ ⎧ 0.00013 ⎫
⎪0.00585⎪ ⎪0.00595⎪ ⎪− 0.00010⎪
2
Γr ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
{U s } = [ K ]−1[ M ]{J } − ∑ 2
r =1 ωr
{φ}r = ⎨ 0 . 00788 ⎬ − ⎨0 . 00788 ⎬ = ⎨ 0. 00000 ⎬
⎪0.00927⎪ ⎪0.00940⎪ ⎪− 0.00014⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.00999⎪⎭ ⎪⎩0.00996⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.00002 ⎪⎭
⎧0.013⎫ ⎧− 0.034⎫
⎪0.026⎪ ⎪− 0.046⎪
2 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
∑
{VP } = Γr {φ}r ( SVr2 − ω2r SDr2 ) = 26.335⎨0.036⎬(0.8682 − 0.8812 ) − 8.958⎨− 0.025⎬(0.247 2 − 0.3182 )
r =1 ⎪0.045⎪ ⎪ 0.015 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.049⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.046 ⎪⎭
⎧− 0.00418⎫
⎪− 0.00048⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
= ⎨ 0.01304 ⎬
⎪ 0.03237 ⎪
⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩ 0.04548 ⎪⎭
Consequently,
2 2
∑∑ ρ
max{u 2 (t )} = {
m =1 n =1
mn max[u (t )]m max[u (t )]n + U s2 [max u&&g (t )]2 − 2U sVP }
98
⎧0.00075⎫ ⎧ 0.000132 ⎫ ⎧ 0.00013(−0.00418) ⎫ ⎧0.003⎫
⎪0.00287⎪ ⎪ 2⎪ ⎪− 0.00010(−0.00048)⎪ ⎪ 0.001⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪− 0.00010 ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
= ⎨0.00578⎬ + ⎨ 0.00000 ⎬3.92 2 − 2⎨ 0.00000(0.01304) ⎬ = ⎨0.006⎬
⎪0.00860⎪ ⎪− 0.000142 ⎪ ⎪ − 0.00014(0.03237) ⎪ ⎪0.007 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪⎩0.01038⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.000022 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.00002(0.04548) ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩ 0.011⎪⎭
and thus
⎧0.027 ⎫
⎪0.054⎪
⎪⎪ ⎪⎪
max{u (t )} = ⎨0.076⎬ m
⎪0.093⎪
⎪ ⎪
⎩⎪0.102⎭⎪
Problem 10.10
Figure P10.10a shows the plan view of a one-story building formed with a perfectly rigid roof slab
and four columns. The roof height is 12 ft and the columns are rigidly attached to the roof slab and
fixed at their other end. The columns have a circular cross section with the flexural rigidities indi-
cated in Figure P10.10a, where EI = 2592 kip-ft2. The roof supports a uniformly distributed vertic-
al load, self weight included, of 144 lb/ft2. Determine using the response spectrum method and
considering the degrees of freedom indicated in Figure P10.10a the maximum acceleration re-
sponse of the building when the base of the building is subjected to the ground motion recorded
during the 1952 Taft earthquake. Figure P10.10b shows the response spectra for the three compo-
nents of this ground motion. Assume a damping ratio of 2% for all modes.
4EI 2EI
uy(t)
uθ(t)
25 ft x
c.m. ux(t)
2EI EI
25 ft
Figure P10.10a. (a) Plan view of one-story structure in Problem 10.10 and (b) elastic response spectra for
2% damping of the three components of ground acceleration recorded at Taft Lincoln School Tunnel dur-
ing the 1952 Kern County, California, earthquake
Solution:
Stiffness matrix
Using the definition of stiffness influence coefficients and referring to the three degrees of free-
dom indicated in Figure P10.10a, one has that
9(12 EI ) 9(12 × 2592)
k xx = k yy = = = 162 kip/ft
H3 123
99
12(18EI ) L2 216(2592) 252
kθθ = = = 50,625 kip/ft
H3 4 123 4
k xy = k yx = 0
3(12 EI ) L 36(2592) 25
k xθ = kθx = k yθ = kθy = − 3
=− = −675 kip/ft
H 2 123 2
and thus the stiffness matrix of the system is
⎡ 162 0 − 675 ⎤ u x
⎢
[K ] = ⎢ 0 162 − 675 ⎥⎥ u y
⎢⎣− 675 − 675 50625⎥⎦ uθ
Mass matrix
The total mass of the system is equal to 0.144(25)(25)/32.2 = 2.8 kip-s2/ft and the corresponding
mass moment of inertia is equal to 2.8 (252 +252)/12 = 291.67 kip-ft-s2. Hence, the mass matrix
of the system is given by
⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ux
⎢
[ M ] = ⎢ 0 2.8 0 ⎥⎥ u y
⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ uθ
Natural frequencies and mode shapes
From the solution of the eigenvalue problem, the natural frequencies and mode shapes of the sys-
tem are
ω1 = 6.993 rad/s ω2 = 7.606 rad/s ω3 = 13.510 rad/s
⎧0.408⎫ ⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎧− 0.109⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{φ}1 = ⎨0.408⎬ {φ}2 = ⎨0.423 ⎬ {φ}3 = ⎨− 0.109⎬
⎪0.015⎪ ⎪0 ⎪ ⎪0.057 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Influence vectors
According to the definition introduced in Section 10.8.2, the influence vectors are
⎧1 ⎫ ⎧0⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{J } x = ⎨0⎬ {J } y = ⎨1 ⎬
⎪0⎪ ⎪0⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Since
T
⎧0.408⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧0.408⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
* T
M 1 = {φ}1 [ M ]{φ}1 = ⎨0.408⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨0.408⎬ = 1.0
⎪0.015⎪ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.015⎪⎭
⎩ ⎭
T
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧− 0.423⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
* T
M 2 = {φ}2 [ M ]{φ}2 = ⎨0.423 ⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨0.423 ⎬ = 1.0
⎪0 ⎪ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎭
T
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧− 0.109⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
* T
M 3 = {φ}3 [ M ]{φ}3 = ⎨− 0.109⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨− 0.109⎬ = 1.0
⎪0.057 ⎪ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0.057 ⎪⎭
⎩ ⎭
then according to Equation 10.121 the modal participation factors of the system are
100
T
⎧0.408⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧1⎫
{φ}1T [ M ]{J }x 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ1x = = ⎨0.408⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨0⎬ = 1.143
M 1* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.015⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
T
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧1⎫
{φ}T2 [ M ]{J }x 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ2 x = = ⎨0.423 ⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨0⎬ = −1.183
M 2* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0 ⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
T
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎡ 2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧1⎫
{φ}T3 [ M ]{J }x 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ3 x = = ⎨− 0.109⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨0⎬ = −0.306
M 3* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.057 ⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
T
⎧0.408⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧0⎫
{φ}1T [ M ]{J }y 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ1 y = = ⎨0.408⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨1⎬ = 1.143
M 1* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.015⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
T
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎡ 2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧0⎫
{φ}T2 [ M ]{J }y 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ2 y = = ⎨0.423 ⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨1⎬ = 1.183
M 2* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0 ⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
T
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎡2.8 0 0 ⎤ ⎧0⎫
{φ}T3 [ M ]{J } y 1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎢ 0 2.8 ⎪ ⎪
Γ3 y = = ⎨− 0.109⎬ ⎢ 0 ⎥⎥ ⎨1⎬ = −0.306
M 3* 1.0 ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.057 ⎭ ⎢⎣ 0 0 291.67⎥⎦ ⎪⎩0⎪⎭
Response spectrum ordinates
From the response spectra in Figure P10.10b, the spectral ordinates for the N21E component that
correspond to the natural frequencies and damping ratios of the system are
SAN 21E (6.993,0.02) = 0.31g SAN 21E (7.606,0.02) = 0.49 g SAN 21E (13.510,0.02) = 0.56 g
and similarly for the S69E component, these ordinates are
SAS 69 E (6.993,0.02) = 0.31g SAS 69 E (7.606,0.02) = 0.34 g SAS 69 E (13.510,0.02) = 0.45 g
To follow the notation introduced in Section 10.8.7, it will be considered that the N21E compo-
nent is applied along the principal direction 1 and the S69E component along the principal direc-
tion 2.
Maximum modal responses under single component ground motion
If the N21E component is applied in the direction of the x axis, then by virtue of Equation 10.137 the
modal accelerations under this component of motion are equal to
⎧0.408⎫ ⎧0.145⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1x1} = max{&y&(t )}1x1 = Γ1x {φ}1 SAN 21E (ω1 , ξ1 ) = 1.143⎨0.408⎬0.31g = ⎨0.145⎬ g
⎪0.015⎪ ⎪0.005⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎧ 0.245 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1x 2 } = max{&y&(t )}1x 2 = Γ2 x {φ}2 SAN 21E (ω2 , ξ 2 ) = −1.183⎨0.423 ⎬0.49 g = ⎨− 0.245⎬ g
⎪0 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎧ 0.019 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1x 3} = max{&y&(t )}1x 3 = Γ3 x {φ}3 SAN 21E (ω3 , ξ3 ) = −0.306⎨− 0.109⎬0.56 g = ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ g
⎪0.057 ⎪ ⎪− 0.010⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
101
Similarly, if the same component is applied along the y axis, the corresponding modal accelera-
tions are
⎧0.408⎫ ⎧0.145⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1 y1} = max{&y&(t )}1 y1 = Γ1 y {φ}1 SAN 21E (ω1 , ξ1 ) = 1.143⎨0.408⎬0.31g = ⎨0.145⎬ g
⎪0.015⎪ ⎪0.005⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎧− 0.245⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1 y 2 } = max{&y&(t )}1 y 2 = Γ2 y {φ}2 SAN 21E (ω2 , ξ 2 ) = 1.183⎨0.423 ⎬0.49 g = ⎨ 0.245 ⎬ g
⎪0 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎧ 0.019 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R1 y 3} = max{&y&(t )}1 y 3 = Γ3 y {φ}3 SAN 21E (ω3 , ξ3 ) = −0.306⎨− 0.109⎬0.56 g = ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ g
⎪0.057 ⎪ ⎪− 0.010⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Moreover, if the S69E component is applied along the direction of the x axis, the modal accelera-
tions result as
⎧0.408⎫ ⎧0.145⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 x1} = max{&y&(t )}2 x1 = Γ1x {φ}1 SAS 69 E (ω1 , ξ1 ) = 1.143⎨0.408⎬0.31g = ⎨0.145⎬ g
⎪0.015⎪ ⎪0.005⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎧ 0.170 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 x 2 } = max{&y&(t )}2 x 2 = Γ2 x {φ}2 SAS 69 E (ω2 , ξ 2 ) = −1.183⎨0.423 ⎬0.34 g = ⎨− 0.170⎬ g
⎪0 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎧ 0.015 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 x 3} = max{&y&(t )}3 x = Γ3 x {φ}3 SAS 69 E (ω3 , ξ3 ) = −0.306⎨− 0.109⎬0.45 g = ⎨ 0.015 ⎬ g
⎪0.057 ⎪ ⎪− 0.008⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
and if applied along the direction of the y axis, as
⎧0.408⎫ ⎧0.145⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 y1} = max{&y&(t )}2 y1 = Γ1 y {φ}1 SAS 69 E (ω1 , ξ1 ) = 1.143⎨0.408⎬0.31g = ⎨0.145⎬ g
⎪0.015⎪ ⎪0.005⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.423⎫ ⎧− 0.245⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 y 2 } = max{&y&(t )}2 y 2 = Γ2 y {φ}2 SAS 69 E (ω2 , ξ 2 ) = 1.183⎨0.423 ⎬0.34 g = ⎨ 0.245 ⎬ g
⎪0 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.109⎫ ⎧ 0.019 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{R2 y 3} = max{&y&(t )}2 y 3 = Γ3 y {φ}3 SAS 69 E (ω3 , ξ3 ) = −0.306⎨− 0.109⎬0.45 g = ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ g
⎪0.057 ⎪ ⎪− 0.010⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Modal correlation coefficients
The system possesses closely spaced natural frequencies. Hence, it is necessary to use the double-sum
rule to combine the modal responses and one of the formulas introduced in Section 10.3.2 to determine
the modal correlations coefficients in it. For simplicity, the expression developed by Der Kiureghian for
equal damping ratios (Equation 10.73) will be employed. Accordingly, since all the damping ratios are
equal to 0.02, and since r12 = ω1/ω2 = 6.993/7.606 = 0.919; r13 = ω1/ω3 = 6.993/13.510 = 0.518; and r23 =
ω2/ω3 = 7.606/13.510 = 0.563; such modal correlation coefficients are equal to
102
8ξ 2 (1 + r12 )r123 / 2 8(0.02) 2 (1 + 0.919)(0.919)3 / 2
ρ12 = ρ21 = = = 0.18
(1 − r122 ) 2 + 4ξ 2 r12 (1 + r12 ) 2 [1 − (0.919) 2 ]2 + 4(0.02) 2 (0.919)(1 + 0.919) 2
8ξ2 (1 + r13 )r133 / 2 8(0.02) 2 (1 + 0.518)(0.518)3 / 2
ρ13 = ρ31 = = = 0.00
(1 − r132 ) 2 + 4ξ 2 r13 (1 + r13 ) 2 [1 − (0.518) 2 ]2 + 4(0.02) 2 (0.518)(1 + 0.518) 2
8ξ 2 (1 + r23 ) r233 / 2 8(0.02) 2 (1 + 0.563)(0.563)3 / 2
ρ23 = ρ32 = = = 0.00
(1 − r232 ) 2 + 4ξ 2 r23 (1 + r23 ) 2 [1 − (0.563) 2 ]2 + 4(0.02) 2 (0.563)(1 + 0.563) 2
Square of maximum responses under single component ground motion
According to Equations 10.148 through 10.153 and the above modal correlation coefficients, the
square of the maximum acceleration responses when each of the ground motion components is
applied by itself along the direction of the x or y axis result equal to
{R12x } = {R12x1 + R12x 2 + R12x 3 + 2ρ12 R1x1R1x 2 }
⎧0.1452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.2452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.019 2 ⎫ ⎧ (0.145)(0.245) ⎫ ⎧ 0.0942 ⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨0.145 ⎬ + ⎨− 0.245 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ + 2(0.18)⎨(0.145)(−0.245)⎬ = ⎨ 0.0942 ⎬
⎪0.0052 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪ ⎪− 0.0102 ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪ ⎪0.000125⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
{R12y } = {R12y1 + R12y 2 + R12y 3 + 2ρ12 R1 y1R1 y 2 }
⎧0.1452 ⎫ ⎧− 0.2452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.019 2 ⎫ ⎧(0.145)(−0.245)⎫ ⎧ 0.0686 ⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨0.145 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.245 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ + 2(0.18)⎨ (0.145)(0.245) ⎬ = ⎨ 0.0942 ⎬
⎪0.0052 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪ ⎪− 0.0102 ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪ ⎪0.000125⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
{R22x } = {R22x1 + R22x 2 + R22x 3 + 2ρ12 R2 x1R2 x 2 } =
⎧0.1452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.170 2 ⎫ ⎧ 0.0152 ⎫ ⎧ (0.145)(0.170) ⎫ ⎧ 0.0590 ⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨0.145 ⎬ + ⎨− 0.170 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.015 ⎬ + 2(0.18)⎨(0.145)(−0.170)⎬ = ⎨ 0.0590 ⎬
⎪0.0052 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪ ⎪− 0.0082 ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪ ⎪0.000089⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
{R22y } = {R22y1 + R22y 2 + R22y 3 + 2ρ12 R2 y1 R2 y 2 }
⎧0.1452 ⎫ ⎧− 0.2452 ⎫ ⎧ 0.019 2 ⎫ ⎧(0.145)(−0.245)⎫ ⎧ 0.0686 ⎫
⎪ 2⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨0.145 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.245 ⎬ + ⎨ 0.019 ⎬ + 2(0.18)⎨ (0.145)(0.245) ⎬ = ⎨ 0.0942 ⎬
⎪0.0052 ⎪ ⎪ 0 ⎪ ⎪− 0.0102 ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪ ⎪0.000125⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
{R12xy } = {R1x1R1 y1 + R1x 2 R1 y 2 + R1x 3 R1 y 3 + ρ12 R1x1R1 y 2 + ρ21R1x 2 R1 y1}
⎧ (0.145)(145) ⎫ ⎧(0.245)(−0.245)⎫ ⎧ (0.019)(0.019) ⎫ ⎧(0.145)(−0.245)⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨(0.145)(0.145)⎬ + ⎨( −0.245)(0.245)⎬ + ⎨ (0.019)(0.019) ⎬ + 0.18⎨ (0.145)(0.245) ⎬
⎪(0.005)(0.005)⎪ ⎪ (0)(0) ⎪ ⎪(−0.010)(−0.010) ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ (0.245)(0.145) ⎫ ⎧ − 0.0386 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
+ 0.18⎨( −0.245)(0.145)⎬ = ⎨ − 0.0386 ⎬
⎪ (0)(0.005) ⎪ ⎪0.000125⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
{R22xy } = {R2 x1R2 y1 + R2 x 2 R2 y 2 + R2 x 3 R2 y 3 + ρ12 R2 x1R2 y 2 + ρ 21R2 x 2 R2 y1}
⎧(0.145)(0.145)⎫ ⎧(0.170)(−0.245)⎫ ⎧ (0.015)(0.019) ⎫ ⎧(0.145)(−0.245)⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
= ⎨(0.145)(0.145)⎬ + ⎨(−0.170)(0.245)⎬ + ⎨ (0.015)(0.019) ⎬ + 0.18⎨ (0.145)(0.245) ⎬
⎪(0.005)(0.005)⎪ ⎪ (0)(0) ⎪ ⎪(−0.008)(−0.010) ⎪ ⎪ (0.005)(0) ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
103
⎧ (0.170)(0.145) ⎫ ⎧ − 0.0223 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
+ 0.18⎨( −0.170)(0.145) ⎬ = ⎨ − 0.0184 ⎬
⎪ (0)(0.005) ⎪ ⎪0.000105⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Maximum acceleration response
According to Equation 10.159, the maximum acceleration response of the system results thus
equal to
⎧u&&x (t ) + u&&gx (t ) ⎫
⎪ ⎪
max{&y&(t )} = max ⎨u&&y (t ) + u&&gy (t )⎬
⎪ u&&θ (t ) ⎪
⎩ ⎭
1 1
= {[ ( R12x + R22y + R12y + R22x ) + [ ( R12x + R22y − R12y − R22x )]2 + ( R12xy − R22xy ) 2 ]1 / 2 }
2 2
⎧[ 1 (0.0942 + 0.0686 + 0.0686 + 0.0590) + [ [ 1 (0.0942 + 0.0686 − 0.0686 − 0.0590)]2 + (−0.0386 + 0.0223) 2 ]1 / 2 ⎫
⎪ 2 2 ⎪
⎪1 1 2 2 1/ 2 ⎪
= ⎨[ 2 (0.0942 + 0.0942 + 0.0942 + 0.0590) + [ [ 2 (0.0942 + 0.0942 − 0.0942 − 0.0590)] + (−0.0386 + 0.0184) ] ⎬
⎪ 10 −3 −3 ⎪
⎪ [ 2 (0.125 + 0.125 + 0.125 + 0.089) + [10 [ 12 (0.125 + 0.125 − 0.125 − 0.089)]2 + (0.125 − 0.105) 2 ]1 / 2 ⎪
⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.1452 + 0.0240 ⎫ ⎧ 0.411⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
=⎨ 0.1708 + 0.0268 ⎬ g = ⎨0.444⎬ g
⎪ (0.2320 + 0.0269) × 10− 3 ⎪ ⎪0.016⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Problem 10.11
The industrial pipe shown in Figure P10.11 is clamped at its two ends and has a 90° bend at mid-
length. It supports two heavy valves of mass m each as shown in the figure. Neglecting axial de-
formations and the pipe mass, determine the pipe’s acceleration response when its left and right
supports are respectively subjected to horizontal ground displacements ug1(t) and ug2(t). The
ground displacement ug2(t) is equal to the ground displacement ug1(t) except that it begins τ
seconds later. Express the answers in terms of the mass m, flexural rigidity EI, length L, phase lag
τ, and &z&r1 (t ), the acceleration response of a single-degree of freedom system to the ground accelera-
tion üg1(t). Assume the pipe has no damping.
y2 (t)
EI EI
ug2(t)
m
L/2 EI
m y1 (t)
L/2 EI
ug1(t)
L/2 L/2
Figure P10.11. Two-dimensional pipe in Problem 10.11
Solution:
With reference to the global system of coordinates shown in Figure P10.11b, the stiffness ma-
trices of the two vertical and two horizontal structural elements are given by
104
y 4
2
7 6 9
C D
B
5
1
A
8
3 x
Figure P10.11. Global system of coordinated and degrees of freedom in pipe in Problem 10.11
⎡ 12 6L − 12 − 6L⎤
EI
⎢ 6 L 4 L2 − 6 L 2 L2 ⎥⎥
[ K ] A = [ K ]B = 3 ⎢
L ⎢ − 12 6 L 12 6L ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥
⎣− 6 L 2 L 6L 4 L2 ⎦
⎡ 12 6 L − 12 6 L ⎤
⎢ 6 L 4 L2 − 6 L 2 L2 ⎥
EI ⎢ ⎥
[ K ]C = [ K ] D =
L3 ⎢− 12 − 6 L 12 − 6 L ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥
⎣ 6L 2L − 6 L 4 L2 ⎦
Structure stiffness matrix
With the degrees of freedom numbered as indicated in the same figure, the stiffness matrix of the
entire structure (support degrees of freedom included) results thus as
⎡ 24 0 − 12 0 0 0 − 6L 6L 0 ⎤1
⎢ 0
⎢ 24 0 − 12 0 0 − 6L 0 6 L ⎥⎥ 2
⎢ − 12 0 12 0 − 6L 0 0 − 6L 0 ⎥3
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 − 12 0 12 0 − 6L 0 0 − 6L⎥ 4
EI
[K ] = 3 ⎢ 0 0 − 6L 0 8L2 0 2 L2 2 L2 0 ⎥5
L ⎢ 2 2
⎥
⎢ 0 0 0 − 6L 0 8L 2L 0 2 L2 ⎥ 6
⎢− 6 L − 6 L 0 0 2 L2 2 L2 8L2 0 0 ⎥7
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 6L 0 − 6L 0 2 L2 0 0 4 L2 0 ⎥8
⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 6L 0 − 6L 0 2 L2 0 0 4 L2 ⎦ 9
which, after eliminating the massless unconstrained rotational degrees of freedom (degrees of
freedom 5, 6 and 7) through a static condensation, may be reduced to
⎡ 528 − 144 − 300 36 156 L − 12 L ⎤ 1
⎢ − 144 528
⎢ 36 − 300 − 12 L 156 L ⎥⎥ 2
EI ⎢ − 300 36 201 −9 123L 3L ⎥ 3
[ Kˆ ] = ⎢ ⎥
28 L3 ⎢ 36 − 300 −9 201 3L − 123L ⎥ 4
⎢ 156 L − 12 L − 123L 3L 97 L2 − L2 ⎥ 8
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣− 12 L 156 L 3L − 123L − L2 97 L2 ⎥⎦ 9
105
Hence, if it is considered that the supports are fixed against rotations and thus that the rotations at
degrees of freedom 8 and 9 are equal to zero, the stiffness matrix that relates the forces and dis-
placements at the first four degrees of freedom results as
⎡ 528 − 144 − 300 36 ⎤ 1
⎢ − 144 528 36 − 300⎥⎥ 2
~ EI ⎢
[K ] =
28 L3 ⎢− 300 36 201 −9 ⎥3
⎢ ⎥
⎣ 36 − 300 − 9 201 ⎦ 4
Hence, the submatrices [K], [Kg] and [Kgg] defined by Equation 10.165 are equal to
EI ⎡ 528 − 144⎤ 12 EI ⎡ 11 − 3⎤
[K ] = ⎢ ⎥= ⎢− 3 11 ⎥
28 L3 ⎣− 144 528 ⎦ 7 L3 ⎣ ⎦
EI ⎡− 300 36 ⎤ 3EI ⎡− 25 3 ⎤
[K g ] = 3 ⎢ ⎥ = 3⎢
28L ⎣ 36 − 300⎦ 7 L ⎣ 3 − 25⎥⎦
EI ⎡201 − 9 ⎤ 3EI ⎡ 67 − 3⎤
[ K gg ] = ⎢ ⎥= ⎢ ⎥
28L3 ⎣ − 9 201⎦ 28L3 ⎣− 3 67 ⎦
Influence matrix
Since
L3 ⎡11 3 ⎤
[ K ]−1 = ⎢ 3 11⎥
192 EI ⎣ ⎦
then, according to Equation 10.174, the influence matrix of the system is equal to
L3 3EI ⎡11 3 ⎤ ⎡− 25 3 ⎤ 1 ⎡19 3 ⎤
[ L] = −[ K ]−1[ K g ] = − ⎢ 3 11⎥ ⎢ 3 =
192 EI 7 L3 ⎣ ⎦⎣ − 25⎥⎦ 32 ⎢⎣ 3 19⎥⎦
and the influence vectors are
1 ⎧19⎫ 1 ⎧3 ⎫
{J }1 = ⎨ ⎬ {J }2 = ⎨ ⎬
32 ⎩3 ⎭ 32 ⎩19⎭
Mass matrix
The mass matrix corresponding to degrees of freedom 1 and 2 is equal to
⎡1 0⎤
[M ] = m⎢ ⎥
⎣0 1 ⎦
Equation of motion
If damping is neglected, then the equation of motion is of the form
[ M ]{u&&} + [ K ]{u} = −[ M ][ L]{u&&g (t )}
Hence, after substituting the mass, stiffness, and influence matrices determined above, it be-
comes
⎡1 0⎤ ⎧u&&1 (t ) ⎫ 12 EI ⎡ 11 − 3⎤ ⎧u1 (t ) ⎫ m ⎡1 0⎤ ⎡19 3 ⎤ ⎧⎪u&&g1 (t ) ⎫⎪ m ⎡19 3 ⎤ ⎧⎪u&&g1 (t ) ⎫⎪
m⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬+ 3 ⎢− 3 11 ⎥ ⎨u (t )⎬ = − ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬ = − ⎢ ⎥⎨ ⎬
⎣0 1⎦ ⎩u&&2 (t ) ⎭ 7 L ⎣ ⎦⎩ 2 ⎭ 32 ⎣0 1⎦ ⎣ 3 19⎦ ⎪⎩u&&g 2 (t )⎪⎭ 32 ⎣ 3 19⎦ ⎪⎩u&&g 2 (t )⎪⎭
⎡1 0⎤ ⎧u&&1 (t ) ⎫ 12 EI ⎡ 11 − 3⎤ ⎧u1 (t ) ⎫ 1 ⎧19⎫ 1 ⎧3⎫
⎢0 1⎥ ⎨u&& (t ) ⎬ + 3 ⎢− 3 11 ⎥ ⎨u (t )⎬ = − 32 ⎨ 3 ⎬u&&g1 (t ) − 32 ⎨19⎬u&&g 2 (t )
⎣ ⎦ ⎩ 2 ⎭ 7 mL ⎣ ⎦⎩ 2 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Natural frequencies and mode shapes
From the solution of the eigenvalue problem, the natural frequencies and mode shapes of the sys-
tem are
106
96 EI 168 EI
ω1 = rad/s ω2 = rad/s
7mL3 7 mL3
⎧1⎫ ⎧1 ⎫
{φ}1 = ⎨ ⎬ {φ}2 = ⎨ ⎬
⎩1⎭ ⎩− 1⎭
According to Equation 10.182, the participation factors are then equal to
T
⎧1⎫ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧19⎫
⎨⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
T
{φ}1 [ M ]{J }1 1 ⎩1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩ 3 ⎭ 11
Γ11 = = =
{φ}1T [ M ]{φ}1 32 ⎧1⎫T ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧1⎫ 32
⎨⎬ ⎢ ⎨⎬
⎩1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩1⎭
T
⎧1 ⎫ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧19⎫
⎨ ⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
{φ}2 [ M ]{J }1 1 ⎩− 1⎭ ⎣0
T
1⎥⎦ ⎩ 3 ⎭ 8
Γ21 = = =
{φ}T2 [ M ]{φ}2 32 ⎧1 ⎫T ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧ 1 ⎫ 32
⎨ ⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
⎩− 1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩− 1⎭
T
⎧1⎫ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧ 3 ⎫
⎨⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
T
{φ}1 [ M ]{J }2 1 ⎩1⎭ ⎣0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎩19⎭ 11
Γ12 = = =
{φ}1T [ M ]{φ}1 32 ⎧1⎫T ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧1⎫ 32
⎨⎬ ⎢ ⎨⎬
⎩1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩1⎭
T
⎧1 ⎫ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧ 3 ⎫
⎨ ⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
T
{φ}2 [ M ]{J }2 1 ⎩− 1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩19⎭ 8
Γ22 = = =−
{φ}T2 [ M ]{φ}2 32 ⎧1 ⎫T ⎡1 0⎤ ⎧ 1 ⎫ 32
⎨ ⎬ ⎢ ⎨ ⎬
⎩− 1⎭ ⎣0 1⎥⎦ ⎩− 1⎭
Acceleration response
According to Equation 10.190, the acceleration response of the system is thus given by
⎧ &y&1 (t ) ⎫ 2 2
⎨
⎩ &y&2 (t )⎭
⎬= ∑∑ Γ {φ} [u&&
l =1 r =1
rl r gl (t ) + &z&rl (t )]
= Γ11{φ}1[u&&g1 (t ) + &z&11 (t )] + Γ21{φ}2 [u&&g1 (t ) + &z&21 (t )] + Γ12{φ}1[u&&g 2 (t ) + &z&12 (t )] + Γ22{φ}2 [u&&g 2 (t ) + &z&22 (t )]
11 ⎧1⎫ 8 ⎧1 ⎫ 11 ⎧1⎫ 8 ⎧1 ⎫
=
⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t ) + &z&11 (t )] + ⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t ) + &z&21 (t )] + ⎨ ⎬[u&&g 2 (t ) + &z&12 (t )] − ⎨ ⎬[u&&g 2 (t ) + &z&22 (t )]
32 ⎩1⎭ 32 ⎩− 1⎭ 32 ⎩1⎭ 32 ⎩− 1⎭
However, since u&&g 2 (t ) = u&&g1 (t − τ) , one has that
&z&12 (t ) = &z&11 (t − τ) &z&22 (t ) = &z&21 (t − τ)
and thus the acceleration response of the system is given by
⎧ &y&1 (t ) ⎫ 11 ⎧1⎫ 8 ⎧1 ⎫
⎨ ⎬= ⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t ) + &z&11 (t )] + ⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t ) + &z&21 (t )]
⎩ &y&2 (t )⎭ 32 ⎩1⎭ 32 ⎩− 1⎭
11 ⎧1⎫ 8 ⎧1 ⎫
+ ⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t − τ) + &z&11 (t − τ)] − ⎨ ⎬[u&&g1 (t − τ) + &z&21 (t − τ)]
32 ⎩1⎭ 32 ⎩− 1⎭
107
CHAPTER 12
Problem 12.1
Solve Problem 10.1 using the equivalent lateral force procedure.
Solution:
Considering as a first approximation the largest ordinate in the specified response spectrum, the
base shear of the building under consideration is equal to
SA
V= W = 2.5(0.40)(7897.1) = 7897.1 kN
g
Similarly, according to Equation 12.19, this base shear, and the floor weights and heights given
in Table P10.1, the lateral forces Fsj and the story shears Vj result as listed in Table P12.1.
Table P12.1a. Lateral forces and story shears in building considered in Problem 12.1
Floor Wj Δhj hj Wjhj Fsj Vj
(kN) (m) (m) (kN-m) (kN) (kN)
5 1402.8 3 16 22445.3 2322.4 2322.4
4 1491.1 3 13 19384.6 2005.7 4328.2
3 1579.4 3 10 15794.1 1634.2 5962.4
2 1667.7 3 7 11673.9 1207.9 7170.3
1 1756.0 4 4 7024.0 726.8 7897.1
Sum 7897.1 76321.8 7897.1
Now, with the given story stiffness and the calculated base shears, the lateral displacements are as
indicated in Table P12.1b.
Table P12.1.b. Story drifts and lateral displacements in building considered in Problem 12.1
Stiffness Shear Drift Displ.
Story (kN/m) (kN) (m) (m)
5 199620 2322.4 0.01 0.12
4 212090 4328.2 0.02 0.11
3 224570 5962.4 0.03 0.09
2 237050 7170.3 0.03 0.06
1 249880 7897.1 0.03 0.03
According to the calculated lateral forces and displacements, one has then that
5
∑w u
j =1
j
2
j = 58.48 kN - m 2
and
5
∑F u
j =1
sj j = 740.12 kN - m
Thus, according to Equation 12.23, an estimate of the structure’s fundamental natural period is
108
5
∑w u
j =1
j
2
j
58.48
T1 = 2π 5
= 2π = 0.56 s
9.81(740.12)
g ∑F u
j =1
sj j
and from Figure 8.17 the spectral acceleration corresponding to this natural period and Soil Type 3
is 2.5g, which is the value assumed above. Therefore, the desired story shears are as indicated in
Table P12.1a.
Problem 12.2
Solve Problem 10.2 using the equivalent lateral force procedure. Consider equal story heights of
3.0 m.
Solution:
Assuming as a first approximation a fundamental natural period equal to the number of floors
over 10 (see Equation 17.29), that is, 0.3 seconds, the spectral acceleration corresponding to this
natural period in the design spectrum shown in Figure P10.2 is
SA = 0.65 g
Thus, the base shear for the building under consideration is
SA
V= W = 0.65(54.0) = 35.1 kN
g
According to Equation 12.19, this base shear and the given weights and story heights, the lateral
forces result then as shown in Table P12.2.
Table P12.2a. Lateral forces and story shears in building considered in Problem 12.2
(kN) (m) (m) (kN-m) (kN) (kN)
3 9.8 3 9 88.3 11.7 11.7
2 14.7 3 6 88.3 11.7 23.4
1 29.4 3 3 88.3 11.7 35.1
Sum 54.0 264.9 35.1
Similarly, with the given story stiffness and the calculated base shears, the lateral displacements
are as indicated in Table P12.2b.
Table 12.2 b. Story drifts and lateral displacements in building considered in Problem 12.2
3 118.4 11.7 0.10 0.30
2 236.9 23.4 0.10 0.20
1 355.3 35.1 0.10 0.10
Thus, one has that

3
∑w u
j =1
j
2
j = 1720.44 kN - m 2
109
3
∑F uj =1
sj j = 6923.47 kN - m
and according to Equation 12.23, an estimate of the fundamental natural period is

3
∑w u
j =1
j
2
j
1720.44
T1 = 2π 3
= 2π = 1.00 s
9.81(6923.47)
g ∑F u
j =1
sj j
which is substantially different from the assumed one. Performing, then, another iteration with this
value of the natural period, one obtains
SA = 4 g
SA
V= W = 4(54.0) = 216.0 kN
g

(kN) (m) (m) (kN-m) (kN) (kN)
3 9.8 3 9 88.3 72.0 72.0
2 14.7 3 6 88.3 72.0 144.0
1 29.4 3 3 88.3 72.0 216.0
Sum 54.0 264.9 216.0

3 118.4 72.0 0.61 1.82
2 236.9 144.0 0.61 1.22
1 355.3 216.0 0.61 0.61
∑w uj =1
j
2
j = 65.262 kN - m 2
∑F uj =1
sj j = 262.629 kN - m
∑w u
j =1
j
2
j
65.262
T1 = 2π 3
= 2π = 1.00 s
9.81(262.629)
g ∑F u
j =1
sj j
The new value of the natural period is equal to the previous one and consequently no more itera-
tions are needed. Hence, the desired lateral forces are
⎧ Fs1 ⎫ ⎧72.0⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎨ Fs 2 ⎬ = ⎨72.0⎬ kN
⎪ F ⎪ ⎪72.0⎪
⎩ s3 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
110
Problem 12.3
Determine using the equivalent lateral force procedure the axial forces, shearing forces, and bend-
ing moments of the columns of the first story of the frame building shown in Figure P12.3. The
floor weights of the building are as indicated in the figure. The building will be designed to resist
ground motions represented by the 2% damping design spectrum shown in Figure P10.2. Assume
that the shearing forces at the interior columns are twice those carried by the exterior columns and
that the four columns have the same cross-sectional area.
2000 kips
15 ft
2500 kips
15 ft
2500 kips
15 ft
2500 kips
15 ft
20 ft 20 ft 20 ft
Figure P12.3. Frame building considered in Problem 12.3
Solution:
Assuming as a first approximation a fundamental natural period equal to the number of floors
over 10 (see Equation 17.29), that is, 0.4 seconds, the spectral acceleration corresponding to this
natural period in the design spectrum shown in Figure P10.2 is
SA = 1.7 g
Thus the base shear for the building under consideration is
SA
V= W = 1.7(9500) = 16,150 kips
g
Considering Equation 12.19, this base shear and the given weights and story heights, the lateral
forces and story shears result then as shown in Table P12.3.
Table P12.3. Lateral forces and story shears in building considered in Problem 12.3
(kips) (ft) (ft) (kip-ft) (kips) (kips)
4 2,000 15 60 120,000.0 5,617.4 5,617.4
3 2,500 15 45 112,500.0 5,266.3 10,883.7
2 2,500 15 30 75,000.0 3,510.9 14,394.6
1 2,500 15 15 37,500.0 1,755.4 16,150.0
Sum 9,500 345,000.0 16,150.0
The shearing force in the exterior columns of the first story is thus equal to
V1 16,150
(Vc1 )int = = = 2,692 kips
6 6
and the shearing force in the corresponding interior columns is
16,150
(Vc1 )ext = = 5,383 kips
3
Similarly, the bending moment in the interior columns is
( M c1 )ext = (Vc1 )ext h1 / 2 = 2,692(15) / 2 = 20,190 kip - ft
111
while that in the interior columns is
( M c1 )int = (Vc1 )int h1 / 2 = 5,383(15) / 2 = 40,375 kip - ft
The axial forces may be determined using the well-known flexural formula
M o1 y
Pc1 = A
I
where Mo1 is the overturning moment at the ground level, I is the centroidal moment of inertia, and
y is the distance from the centroid to the column under consideration. Accordingly, since in this
case the moment of inertia is given by
2 2 2 2
I = 2 A( yint ) + 2 A( yext ) = 2 A( yint + yext ) = 2 A(10 2 + 30 2 ) = 2,000 A
and the overturning moment by
M o1 = 3,400(60) + 4,250(45 + 30 + 15) = 586,500 kip - ft
the axial force in the interior columns is equal to
M o1 yint 586,500(10)
( Pc1 )int = A= = 2,932.5 kips
I 2000
and the axial force in the exterior columns equal to
M o1 yext 586,500(30)
( Pc1 ) ext = A= = 8,797.5 kips
I 2000
Problem 12.4
A two-story shear-wall structure has the dimensions and configuration shown in Figure P12.4.
Each story is 12 ft high and the thickness of all walls is 8 in. The floor weights are 350 and 250
kips, respectively for the first and second levels. Determine using the equivalent lateral force pro-
cedure the shearing forces exerted on the longitudinal shear walls of the first story when the struc-
ture is subjected to a ground motion along its longitudinal direction represented by the 5% damp-
ing design spectrum shown in Figure P10.2. Assume the lateral stiffness of shear walls is equal to
GA/h, where G is shear modulus of elasticity, A is cross section area, and h is height.
Y
6 ft 6 ft
12 ft
8 ft
40 ft
X
8 ft
12 ft
24 ft 24 ft
60 ft
Figure P12.4. Floor plan of two-story shear wall structure considered in Problem 12.4
Solution:
Base shear
Using Equation 17.28 with Ct = 0.020 and x = 0.75, an estimate of the structure’s fundamental nat-
ural period is
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.020( 24)0.75 = 0.22 s
Therefore, from the design spectrum in Figure P10.2, the spectral acceleration is
SA(0.22,0.05) = 0.3 g
and the corresponding base shear is
112
SA
V= W = 0.3(350 + 250) = 180 kips
g
Lateral forces and story shears
For this base shear and the given floor weights and story heights, the lateral forces and story shear
results then as indicated in Table P12.4.
Table P12.4. Lateral forces and story shears in building considered in Problem 12.4
Floor Wj Δh j hj Wjhj Fsj Vj
(kip) (m) (ft) (kip-ft) (kip) (kip)
2 250 12 24 6000.0 105.9 105.9
1 250 12 12 4200.0 74.1 180.0
Sum 600 10200.0 180.0
Horizontal distribution of story shears

It may be noted that because the lateral forces are applied at the floor’s centers of mass, the two
story shears will pass through these centers. However, the story shears will not be distributed un-
iformly to the shear walls since the structure is asymmetric and will be thus subjected to transla-
tional and rotational motions. To determine the shear forces induced in the walls, it is therefore
necessary to determine the location of the center of twist, the magnitude of the torsional moments,
and the shearing forces induced by the translational and torsional motions considered separately.
Location of center of twist

If it is assumed that the lateral stiffness of the shear walls is equal to GA/h, where G is shear mod-
ulus of elasticity, A is cross section area, and h is height, then for both stories the lateral stiffness of
the long longitudinal, short longitudinal, long transverse, and short transverse walls are respective-
ly equal to
48(8 / 12)
K LL = G = 2.67G
12
12(8 / 12)
K SL = G = 0.67G
12
24(8 / 12)
K LT = G = 1.33G
12
16(8 / 12)
K ST = G = 0.89G
12
If the structure is subjected now to a longitudinal shear Vi applied at the center of twist of any of
the two floors, a uniform displacement Δi is induced and reaction forces appear in the longitudinal
walls as shown in Figure P12.4b. Then the equilibrium of moments about the center of mass yields,
Vi e y = K LL Δ i (20) − K SL Δ i ( 20)
Similarly, the equilibrium of forces in the longitudinal direction leads to
Vi = ( K LL + K SL )Δ i
Therefore, from these two equations, it is found that the distance from the center of mass to the
center of twist in the transverse direction (eccentricity along the y axis) is equal to
20( K LL − K SL ) 20(2.67 − 0.67)
ey = = = 12.0 ft
K LL + K SL 2.67 + 0.67
113
Y
Δi
KSL Δi
C.M.
X
ey
C.T.
Vi
KLL Δi
Figure P12.4b. Lateral displacement and reactive forces in walls
Torsional moments
The torsional moments induced by this eccentricity in the second and first stories are thus respec-
tively equal to
M T 2 = V2e y = 105.9(12) = 1,270.8 kip - ft
M T 1 = V1e y = 180.0(12) = 2,160.0 kip - ft
Shearing forces induced by translational motion alone
If the story shear in the ith story is now considered applied at the center of twist, this story shear
will induce in the ith story a uniform lateral displacement Δi and reacting shearing forces in the
longitudinal walls (see Figure P12.4b). Considering the equilibrium of forces in the longitudinal
direction, the magnitude of this displacement is
Vi
Δi =
K LL + K SL
Hence, the shearing forces induced by the translational motion in the long and short longitudinal
walls of the second story are equal to
K LL 2.67
′ 2 = K LL Δ 2 =
VLL V2 = 105.9 = 84.7 kips
K LL + K SL 2.67 + 0.67
K SL 0.67
′ 2 = K SL Δ 2 =
VSL V2 = 105.9 = 21.2 kips
K LL + K SL 2.67 + 0.67
while those in the first story are equal to
K LL 2.67
′ 1 = K LL Δ1 =
VLL V1 = 180.0 = 144.0 kips
K LL + K SL 2.67 + 0.67
K SL 0.67
′ 1 = K SL Δ1 =
VSL V1 = 180.0 = 36.0 kips
K LL + K SL 2.67 + 0.67
Shearing forces induced by torsional motion alone
If the torsional moment in the ith story is now applied to the center of mass, this moment will in-
duce a rotational motion and reacting shearing forces in all four walls (see Figure P12.4c). By
equilibrium of moments, then, one has that
M Ti = K LL Δ LLi y LL + K SL Δ SLi ySL + K LT Δ LTi xLT + K ST Δ STi xST
where ΔLLi, ΔLLi, ΔLLi, and ΔLLi represent the displacements induced in the walls by the torsional
moment, and yLL, ySL, xLT, and xST signify the distances from the center of mass to the walls. But
from the figure and under the assumption of small angels, the wall displacements are given by
Δ LLi = θi y LLi Δ SLi = θi ySLi
114
Δ LTi = θi xLTi Δ STi = θi xSTi
where θi denotes the angle of rotation. In consequence, MTi may be written as
2 2 2 2
M Ti = K LL y LL θi + K SL ySL θi + K LT xLT θi + K ST xST θi
M Ti
θi = 2 22 2
+
K LL y LL + K LT xLT
K SL ySL + K ST xST
1 M Ti
=
G 2.67(20) + 0.67(20) + 1.33(30) 2 + 0.89(30) 2
2 2
M Ti
=
3334G
Y
ΔSLi
KSLΔSLi
KSTΔSTi
ΔLTi
MTi
C.M. X
θi
ΔSTi
KLTΔLTi θi KLL ΔLLi
ΔLLi
Figure P12.4c. Rotation motion and reactive forces in walls
The shearing forces induced in the longitudinal walls of the second story by the torsional motion
alone are thus equal to
K LL yLL 2.67(20)
′′ 2 = K LL Δ LL 2 = K LL y LL θ2 =
VLL MT 2 = 1270.8 = 20.4 kips
3334G 3334
K y 0.67(20)
′′ 2 = K SL Δ SL 2
VSL = K SL ySL θ2 = SL SL M T 2 = 1270.8 = 5.1kips
3334G 3334
while those induced in the first story are
K LL y LL 2.67(20)
′′ 1 = K LL Δ LL1 = K LL xLL θ1 =
VLL M T1 = 2160.0 = 34.6 kips
3334G 3334
K y 0.67(20)
′′ 1 = K SL Δ LL1 = K SL ySL θ1 = SL SL M T 1 =
VSL 2160.0 = 8.7 kips
3334G 3334
Total wall shears
Adding the shears determined above for the cases of translational motion only and torsional mo-
tion only, the shearing forces exerted on the shear walls of the second and first stories are thus
equal to
′ 2 + VLL
VLL 2 = VLL ′′ 2 = 84.7 + 20.4 = 105.1kips
′ 2 + VSL
VSL 2 = VSL ′′ 2 = 21.2 + 5.1 = 26.3 kips
′ 1 + VLL
VLL1 = VLL ′′ 1 = 144.0 + 34.6 =178.6 kips
VSL1 = VSL′ 1 + VSL′′ 1 = 36.0 + 8.7 = 44.7 kips
115
Problem 12.5
As shown in Figure P12.5, a building has four stories, four bays 4-m wide along its X direction,
and three bays also 4-m wide along its Y direction. The structure of the building is constructed
with steel moment-resisting frames along both of these directions. The four frames along the X di-
rection are all identical to the one shown in Figure P12.5a. These frames are in turn connected at
each floor level by beams parallel to the Y axis. The moments of inertia of the columns about their
two principal axes are as indicated in Figure P12.5a, where I = 0.750 × 10-4 m4. The moments of
inertia of all beams, longitudinal and transverse, are equal to 2I. The modulus of elasticity of the
steel used in the construction is 200,000 MN/m2. The floor weights are also as indicated in the fig-
ure. Determine using the equivalent lateral force procedure: (a) the equivalent lateral forces acting
on the floors of the building along the direction of the Y axis; (b) the lateral displacements induced
by these lateral forces in columns D and H along the Y direction at the level of the second floor; (c)
the lateral displacements generated by the same set of forces in columns A and D along the X direc-
tion, also at the level of the second floor; and (d) the shear forces along the X and Y directions on
columns D and H at the level of the first story. The building will be designed to resist ground mo-
tions represented by an acceleration response spectrum constructed utilizing the spectral shape cor-
responding to soil Type 2 in Figure 8.17 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.40 g.
Z Y
w4 = 96 kN
E F G H
2I 2I 2I 4.0 m D
w3 = 1440 kN
4.0 m
2I 3I 4I 2I 4.0 m
w2 = 1920 kN
C
3I 4I 5I 4I 3I 4.5 m 4.0 m
w1 = 1920 kN
B
6I 8I 9I 6I 5I 6.0 m 4.0 m
A
X X
4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m
(a) Elevation view (b) Plan view
Figure P12.5. (a) Elevation and (b) plan views of four-story building considered in Problem 12.5
Solution:
Using Equation 17.28 with Ct = 0.072 and x = 0.8, an estimate of the structure’s fundamental natu-
ral period is
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.072(18.5) 0.8 = 0.74 s
Therefore, for a peak ground acceleration of 0.40g and the ordinate corresponding to a period of
0.74 s and soil Type 2 in Figure 8.17, the design spectral acceleration for the building is
SA = 1.96(0.4 g ) = 0.78 g
and the corresponding base shear is
SA
V0 = W = 0.78(5376) = 4,215 kN
g
Hence, upon the application of Equation 12.19 and organizing the calculations as shown in Table
P12.5a, one arrives to the equivalent lateral forces listed in the last column of this table.
Using then a computer program for the static analysis of three-dimensional frame structures for
the analysis of the structure under the determined lateral forces applied at the floor’s geometric cen-
ters, the desired displacements and shearing forces result as shown in the Tables P12.5b and P2.5c.
116
Table P12.5a. Lateral forced in building considered in Problelm 12.5
Floor Wj Δhj hj Wjhj Fsj
(kN) (m) (m) (kN-m) (kN)
4 96 4.0 18.5 1776.0 137.8
3 1440.0 4.0 14.5 20880.0 1619.7
2 1920.0 4.5 10.5 20160.0 1563.9
1 1920.0 6.0 6 11520.0 893.6
Sum 5376.0 54336.0 4215.0
Table P12.5b. Lateral displacements at level of second floor induced by equivalent lateral forces
Column Displacement X direction Column Displacement Y direction
(m) (m)
A -0.00574 D 0.131
D 0.00574 H 0.094
Table P12.5c. Shearing forces at columns of first story induced by equivalent lateral forces.
Column Shearing force (kN)
X direction Y direction
D 8.81 146.5
H 7.49 110.7
117
CHAPTER 17
Problem 17.1
Calculate the base shear, story shears, overturning moments, and story drifts for the shear build-
ing shown in Figure P17.1 using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the Interna-
tional Building Code. The building will be used for offices, will be located in Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia, over a deposit of stiff soil, and will be constructed with moment-resistant steel frames.
Consider m1 = 2 kip-s2/in and k1 = 4000 kip/in.
Height mi / m1 ki / k1
(ft) Level
60 6 1 6 / 21
50 5 1 11 / 21
40 4 1 15 / 21
30 3 1 18 / 21
20 2 1 20 / 21
10 1 1 21 / 21
45 ft
Figure P17.1. Six-story building considered in Problem 17.1
Solution:
Building weight
W = 6( 2)386.4 = 4,636.8 kips
Natural period
From Equation 17.28 and the period coefficient and exponent in Table 17.12 for moment-
resisting steel frames,
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.028(60)0.8 = 0.74 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Los Angeles, California, are: 33° 56' N and 118° 24' W, respective-
ly. Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1b and 17.2b, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.60
Also, as the building site may be classified as Site D (see Table 17.3), from Tables 17.4 and 17.5,
one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
Hence, according to Equations 17.9 and 17.10, the spectral accelerations adjusted for soil effects
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.60) = 0.90
and according to Equations 17.11 and 17.12, the corresponding design spectral accelerations are
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
118
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.90) = 0.60
3 3
Furthermore, from Table 17.6, 17.7, 17.8, and 17.1, one has that
Occupancy category = II
Importance factor = I =1.0
Seismic design category = D
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary frames) = R = 3.5
Hence, according to Equation 17.23
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.29
R / I 3.5 / 1.0
which is greater than
0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.09
R/I 3.5 / 1.0
However, it is greater than
S D1 0.60
(Cs ) max = = = 0.23
T ( R / I ) 0.74(3.5/1.0)
and thus it will be considered that
Cs = 0.23
In consequence, the base shear is equal to
V = CsW = 0.23( 4636.8) = 1,066.5 kips
From Table 17.14, one obtains
1 1
k = 1.0 + (T − 0.5) = 1.0 + (0.60 − 0.5) = 1.05
2 2
and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces (Fx), story shears (Vx), and overturning
moments (M0) are as indicate in Table P17.1a.
It should be noted that to facilitate the calculations, the overturning moments may be consi-
dered given by
M 0i = M 0(i +1) + Vi hsx
where M0x and M0(x+1) are respectively the overturning moments on the xth and (x+1)th stories.
Table P17.1a. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments in building in Problem 17.1
Level wx hsx hx wxhxk w x h xk Fx = C vxV Vx M0
(kip) (ft) (ft) (kip-ftk) C vx = (kip) (kip-ft)
N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
6 772.8 10 60 75787.31 0.300 319.60 319.60 3196.0

5 772.8 10 50 61789.33 0.244 260.57 580.17 8997.7
4 772.8 10 40 48125.39 0.190 202.95 783.12 16828.9
3 772.8 10 30 34869.28 0.138 147.05 930.16 26130.5
2 772.8 10 20 22142.20 0.088 93.38 1023.54 36365.9
1 772.8 10 10 10187.49 0.040 42.96 1066.50 47030.9
Sum 4,636.8 252,901.00 1.000 1,066.50
Story drifts and lateral displacements

Since in this case the story stiffnesses are given, the story drifts may be calculated according to
119
Vx
Δx =
kx
The elastic components of the lateral displacements may be calculated by simply adding the cor-
responding story drifts. According to Equation 17.36, the total displacements are given by
C d δ xe
δx =
I
where from Table 17.1 for the building under consideration
Cd = 3.0
and, as determined earlier, I = 1.0. The results are presented in Table P17.1b, where Δx denotes
story drift, δxe elastic displacement, and δx total displacement.
Table P17.1b. Lateral displacements and story drifts in building in Problem 17.1
Level Vx kx Δx δ xe δx
(kip) (kip/in) (in) (in) (in)
6 319.60 1142.86 0.280 1.637 4.912
5 580.17 2095.24 0.277 1.358 4.073
4 783.12 2857.14 0.274 1.081 3.242
3 930.16 3428.57 0.271 0.807 2.420
2 1023.54 3809.52 0.269 0.535 1.606
1 1066.50 4000.00 0.267 0.267 0.800
Problem 17.2
Compute the lateral displacements and the overturning moment at the base of the two-story shear
building shown in Figure P17.2 using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the In-
ternational Building Code. The building will be located in San Francisco, California, over a deep
deposit of soft clay, will be used as a hospital, and will be structured with moment-resisting rein-
forced concrete frames. Determine the fundamental natural period of the building using an eigen-
value analysis.
m2 = 2.5 kip-s2/in
k2 = 500 kip/in
10 ft
2
m1 = 3.75 kip-s /in
k1 = 1000 kip/in 12 ft
10 ft
Figure P17.2. Two-story building considered in Problem 17.2
Solution:
Building weight
W = (3.75 + 2.5)386.4 = 2415 kips
Natural period
From an eigenvalue analysis, the building’s fundamental natural period is
T = 0.60 s
and from Equation 17.28 and the period coefficient and exponent in Table 17.12 for moment-
resisting concrete frames, the approximate value of the fundamental natural period is
120
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.016(22) 0.9 = 0.26 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of San Francisco, California, are 37° 46' N and 122° 26' W, respec-
tively. Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1b and 17.2b, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.70
Also, as the building site may be classified as Site E (see Table 17.3), from Tables 17.4 and 17.5,
one obtains,
Fa = 0.9 Fv = 2.4
are
S MS = Fa S s = 0.9(1.50) = 1.35
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 2.4(0.70) = 1.68
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.35) = 0.90
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (1.68) = 1.12
3 3
Furthermore, from Table 17.6, and 17.1, one has that
Occupancy category = IV
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary frames) = R = 3.0
and from Table 17.7,
It should be noted that the seismic design category is selected from Table 17.7 instead of Table
17.8 because the requirements imposed by the code to be able to do so are in this case satisfied.
It should also be noted that the code requires that the value of the natural period determined from
an eigenvalue analysis should not exceed cu times the approximate value, where, from Table
17.13 for SD1 ≥ 0.4, cu = 1.4. In consequence, the maximum value of the natural period that can
be considered in the calculation of the base shear is
Tmax = 1.4(0.26) = 0.36 s
Thus, according to Equation 17.23
S DS 0.90
Cs = = = 0.45
R / I 3.0 / 1.5
0.5S1 0.5(0.70)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.18
R/I 3.0 / 1.5
and less than
S D1 1.12
(Cs ) max = = = 1.56
T ( R / I ) 0.36(3.0/1.5)
V = CsW = 0.45(2415) = 1087 kips
Lateral forces and overturning moment
121
1 1
k = 1.0 + (T − 0.5) = 1.0 + (0.74 − 0.5) = 1.12
2 2
and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces (Fx) are as indicate in Table P17.2a and
the overturning moment at the base of the building results as
M 0 = 1505(22) + 741(10) = 40,520 kip - ft
Level wx hsx hx wxhxk w x h xk Fx = C vxV
(kip) (ft) (ft) k
(kip-ft ) C vx = N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
2 966 12 22 30,796 0.67 728

1 1149 10 10 15,147 0.33 359
Sum 2415 45,943 1.00 1,087
Lateral displacements
As the story stiffnesses are given, the story drifts may be calculated according to
Vx
Δx =
kx
The elastic components of the lateral displacements may then be calculated by simply adding the
corresponding story drifts. According to Equation 17.36, the total displacements are given by
C d δ xe
δx =
I
C d = 2 .5
and, as determined before, I = 1.5. The results are presented in Table P17.2b, where Δx denotes
2 728 500 1.46 2.55 4.25
1 1,087 1,000 1.09 1.09 1.82
Problem 17.3
Calculate the design shearing forces for the columns of the first story of the shear building shown
in Figure P17.3 using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the International Build-
ing Code. The building will be located in Reno, Nevada, over stiff soil and will be used as a hotel.
Its lateral load resisting system will be constructed with special reinforced concrete moment-
resisting frames. The given floor masses include dead and live load.
122
Stiffness Mass
1.0 Mg
3.0 m 118.4 kN/m
1.5 Mg
3.0 m 236.9 kN/m
3.0 Mg
4.5 m 353.3 kN/m
Figure P17.3. Three-story building considered in Problem 17.3
Solution:
Building weight
W = (3.0 + 1.5 + 1.0)9.81 = 53.96 kN
Natural period
resisting concrete frames, the approximate value of the fundamental natural period is
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.047(10.5)0.9 = 0.39 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Reno, Nevada, are 39° 30' N 119° 47' W, respectively. There-
fore, from the maps in Figures 17.1a and 17.2a, one has that
S S = 1.92
S1 = 0.77
Also, as the building site may be classified as Site D (see Table 17.3), from Tables 17.4 and 17.5,
one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.92) = 1.92
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.77) = 1.16
and in view of Equations 17.11 and 17.12, the corresponding design spectral accelerations are
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.92) = 1.28
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (1.16) = 0.77
3 3
Furthermore, from Table 17.6, and 17.1, one has that
Response modification coefficient (for special moment concrete frames) = R = 8.0
and from Table 17.7,
Seismic design category = E
It should be noted that the seismic design category is selected from Table 17.8 because the code
requires the selection of the most severe seismic design category.
Thus, according to Equation 17.23
123
S DS 1.28
Cs = = = 0.16
R / I 8.0 / 1.0
0.5S1 0.5(0.77)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.05
R/I 8.0 / 1.0
and less than
S D1 0.77
(Cs ) max = = = 0.25
T ( R / I ) 0.39(8.0/1.0)
V = CsW = 0.16(53.96) = 8.63 kN
and the design shearing force in each of the columns of the first story is
V 8.63
Vc = = = 4.32 kN
2 2
Problem 17.4
Determine the design axial forces in the columns of the first story of the building shown in Figure
P17.4 using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the International Building Code.
The building will be located in Las Vegas, Nevada, over a deep deposit of soft clays, will be used
as a hospital, and will be structured with special moment-resistant reinforced concrete frames.
w4= 1000 kips
4
8 ft
w3 = 1200 kips
3
10 ft
w2 = 1200 kips
2
10 ft
w1 = 1500 kips
1
12 ft
45 ft
Figure P17.4. Four-story building considered in Problem 17.4
Solution:
Building weight
W = 1,500 + 1,200 + 1,200 + 1,000 = 4,900 kips
Natural period
resisting concrete frames,
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.016(40) 0.9 = 0.44 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Las Vegas, Nevada, are 36° 5' N and 115° 10' W, respectively.
Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1b and 17.2b, one has that
S S = 0.55
S1 = 0.16
Also, as the building site may be classified as Site E (see Table 17.3), from Tables 17.4 and 17.5,
one obtains,
124
Fa = 1.6 Fv = 3.32
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.6(0.55) = 0.88
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 3.32(0.16) = 0.53
2 2
S DS = S MS = (0.88) = 0.59
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.53) = 0.35
3 3
S DS 0.59
Cs = = = 0.11
R / I 8.0 / 1.5
0.5S1 0.5(0.16)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.02
R/I 8.0 / 1.5
and less than
S D1 0.35
(Cs ) max = = = 0.15
T ( R / I ) 0.44(8.0/1.5)
V = CsW = 0.11(4,900) = 539 kips
Lateral forces and overturning moment
From Table 17.14, one finds that for the case under consideration k = 1.0. Hence, according to Equ-
ations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces (Fx) are as indicate in Table P17.4. As a result, the over-
turning moment at the level of the first story is equal to
M 0 = 175.57(40) + 168.55(32) + 115.88(22) + 79.01(12) = 15,914 kip - ft
and the design axial force in each of the columns of the first story is
15,914
Pc1 = = 354 kips
45
Table P17.4. Lateral forces in building in Problem 17.4

(kip) (ft) (ft) k
(kip-ft ) C vx = N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
4 1000 8 40 40,000 0.326 175.57

3 1200 10 32 38,400 0.313 168.55
2 1200 10 22 26,400 0.215 115.88
1 1500 12 12 18,000 0.147 79.01
Sum 4900 122800 1.000 539.00
125
Problem 17.5
Determine the design story drifts of the building described in Problem P17.4 using the equivalent
lateral force procedure prescribed by the International Building Code. Indicate, in addition,
whether the calculated story drifts are within the limits established by the code. The inverse of
the structure’s stiffness matrix is equal to
⎡0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250⎤
⎢ 0.583⎥⎥
−1 1 ⎢0.250 0.583 0.583
[K ] = in/kip
250 ⎢0.250 0.583 0.917 0.917 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣0.250 0.583 0.917 1.417 ⎦
Solution:
From the solution to Problem 17,4, the equivalent lateral forces for the structure in Figure P17.4
are,
⎧ 79.01 ⎫
⎪115.88⎪
⎪ ⎪
{Fs } = ⎨ ⎬ kips
⎪ 168 . 55 ⎪
⎪⎩175.57⎪⎭
Therefore, the elastic components of the corresponding lateral displacements are
⎡0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250⎤ ⎧ 79.01 ⎫ ⎧0.54⎫
⎢
1 ⎢0.250 0.583 0.583 0.583⎥⎥ ⎪⎪115.88⎪⎪ ⎪⎪1.15 ⎪⎪
δ
{ xe } = ⎨ ⎬=⎨ ⎬ in
250 ⎢0.250 0.583 0.917 0.917 ⎥ ⎪168.55⎪ ⎪1.61⎪
⎢ ⎥
⎣0.250 0.583 0.917 1.417 ⎦ ⎪⎩175.57 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩1.96 ⎪⎭
and since for the structure under consideration one has that I =1.5 and Cd =5.5, the total dis-
placements are equal to (see Equation 17.36)
⎧0.54⎫ ⎧1.98 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
C 5.5 ⎪1.15 ⎪ ⎪4.22⎪
{δ x } = d {δ xe } = ⎨ =
⎬ ⎨ ⎬ in
I 1.5 ⎪1.61⎪ ⎪ 5.91⎪
⎪⎩1.96 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩7.20⎪⎭
In consequence, the design story drifts are
⎧1.98 ⎫
⎪2.24⎪
⎪ ⎪
{Δ x } == ⎨ ⎬ in
⎪ 1 . 69 ⎪
⎪⎩1.29 ⎪⎭
But from Table 17.2 for a structure with Occupancy Category IV the allowable story drifts are 0.015
times the story heights; that is,
⎧144⎫ ⎧2.16⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪120⎪ ⎪1.80 ⎪
{Δ a } = 0.015⎨ ⎬ = ⎨ ⎬ in
⎪120⎪ ⎪1.80 ⎪
⎪⎩ 96 ⎪⎭ ⎪⎩1.44 ⎪⎭
It may be seen, thus, that the story drift of the second story exceeds the limit imposed by the code.
126
Problem 17.6
The building shown in Figure P17.6 will be built in Anchorage, Alaska, on a parcel of land clas-
sified as Class B using special moment-resisting steel frames. The building height is 135 ft and
the plan dimensions are 100 ft × 170 ft. The dead load at each floor is 120 lb/ft2. Determine us-
ing the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the International Building Code the de-
sign base shear, lateral forces, and story shears along the transverse direction of the building.
9
8
7
9 @ 15' = 135'
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 @ 25' = 100'
Figure P17.6. Nine-story building considered in Problem 17.6
Solution:
Building weight
Assuming the building will be used for offices and a live load of 50 psf, the total floor load is
equal to (see Section 17.6.2)
w = 120 + 0.25(50) = 132.5 psf
and thus the total weight of the building is equal to
W = 9(132.5 × 100 × 170) = 20,272 kips
Natural period
resisting steel frames,
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.028(135)0.8 = 1.42 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Anchorage, Alaska, are: 61° 10' N and 150° 1' W, respectively.
Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.3 and 17.4, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.55
Also, as the building will be built at a Site B, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.0
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.0(0.55) = 0.55
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.55) = 0.37
3 3
127
Response modification coefficient (for special moment frames) = R = 8.0
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.125
R / I 8.0 / 1.0
0.5S1 0.5(0.55)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.034
R/I 8.0 / 1.0
and greater than
S D1 0.37
(Cs ) max = = = 0.033
T ( R / I ) 1.42(8.0/1.0)
Cs = (Cs ) min = 0.034
V = CsW = 0.034(20,272) = 689 kips

1 1
k = 1.0 + (T − 0.5) = 1.0 + (1.42 − 0.5) = 1.46
2 2
and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces (Fx) and story shears (Vx) are as indi-
cated in Table P17.6.
Table P17.6. Lateral forces and story shears in building in Problem 17.6
Level wx hsx hx wxhxk w x h xk Fx = C vxV Vx
(kip) (ft) (ft) k
(kip-ft ) C vx = (kip)
N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
9 2252.5 15 135 2,903,702 0.240 165.19 165.19

8 2252.5 15 120 2,444,947 0.202 139.09 304.29
7 2252.5 15 105 2,011,876 0.166 114.46 418.74
6 2252.5 15 90 1,606,419 0.133 91.39 510.13
5 2252.5 15 75 1,230,989 0.102 70.03 580.16
4 2252.5 15 60 888,721 0.073 50.56 630.72
3 2252.5 15 45 583,922 0.048 33.22 663.94
2 2252.5 15 30 323,044 0.027 18.38 682.32
1 2252.5 15 15 117,424 0.010 6.68 689.00
Sum 20,272.5 12,111,045 1.000
Problem 17.7
The 12-story moment-resisting steel frame shown in Figure P17.7 is used to model a building for
seismic analysis. The effective weight on all levels of the building is 90 lb/ft2, except on the roof
where it is 80 lb/ft2. The tributary area for the frame has a width of 30 ft. The overall dimension
of the building in the direction perpendicular to the direction of analysis is 180 ft. The building
128
is located in Valdez, Alaska, on a site classified as class C. The building will be used for office
space. Determine using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the International
Building Code the (a) equivalent lateral forces, (b) story shears, (c) torsional moments, (d) over-
turning moments, (e) lateral displacements, and (f) story drifts. Consider that the modulus of
elasticity for the steel elements is 30,000 kips/in2.
16W40
12
14W109 14W82 14W68 14W53 14W43 14W43
14W159 14W109 14W90 14W68 14W48 14W48

16W40
11
16W40
10
16W40
9
21W44
8
11 @ 12' = 132'
21W44
7
21W50
6
21W50
5
24W55
4
24W55
3
24W55
2
24W55
1
15'
3 @ 20' = 60'
Figure P17.7. Twelve-story building considered in Problem 17.7
Solution:
Building weight
The tributary area for the frame under analysis is 30 × 60 ft. Therefore, the total weight sup-
ported by the frame is
W = 11(0.09 × 30 × 60) + 0.08 × 30 × 60 = 1,926 kips
Natural period
resisting steel frames, the approximate value of the fundamental natural period is
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.028(147)0.8 = 1.52 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Valdez, Alaska, are: 61° 8' N and 146° 21' W, respectively. There-
fore, from the maps in Figures 17.3 and 17.4, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.50
Also, as the building will be built at a Site C, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.3
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.3(0.50) = 0.65
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.65) = 0.43
3 3
129
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary moment frames) = R = 3.5
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.29
R / I 3.5 / 1.0
0.5S1 0.5(0.50)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.07
R/I 3.5 / 1.0
and greater than
S D1 0.43
(Cs ) max = = = 0.08
T ( R / I ) 1.52(3.5/1.0)
Cs = (Cs ) max = 0.08
V = CsW = 0.08(1,926) = 154.1 kips
Table P17.7b. Lateral forces and story shears in building in Problem 17.7
Level wx hsx hx wxhxk w x h xk Fx = C vxV Vx M0x Tx
(kip) (ft) (ft) (kip-ft) C vx = (kip) (kip-ft) (kip-ft)
N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
12 144 12 147 269,781 0.168 26.0 26.0 311.5 1401.8

11 162 12 135 266,882 0.167 25.7 51.7 931.2 2788.6
10 162 12 123 231,885 0.145 22.3 74.0 1818.7 3993.5
9 162 12 111 198,588 0.124 19.1 93.1 2935.4 5025.4
8 162 12 99 167,080 0.104 16.1 109.2 4245.1 5893.6
7 162 12 87 137,464 0.086 13.2 122.4 5713.6 6607.9
6 162 12 75 109,865 0.069 10.6 133.0 7308.8 7178.8
5 162 12 63 84,434 0.053 8.1 141.1 9001.6 7617.5
4 162 12 51 61,369 0.038 5.9 147.0 10765.3 7936.4
3 162 12 39 40,928 0.026 3.9 150.9 12576.2 8149.1
2 162 12 27 23,490 0.015 2.3 153.2 14414.2 8271.2
1 162 15 15 9,670 0.006 0.9 154.1 16725.7 8321.4
Sum 1926 147 1,601,434 1.000 154.1
Lateral forces, story shears, overturning moments, and torsional moments

1 1
k = 1.0 + (T − 0.5) = 1.0 + (1.52 − 0.5) = 1.51
2 2
and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces (Fx) and story shears (Vx) are as indi-
cated in Table P17.7a. The overturning moments (M0x) and torsional moments are also presented in
Table 17.7a. The overturning moments are calculated according to
M 0i = M 0(i +1) + Vi hsx
As the building is symmetric, the torsional moments (Tx) are simply computed by multiplying the
total story shears by the accidental eccentricity stipulated by the code. The total story shears are ob-
tained by multiplying the calculated story shears by 6 (there are 6 spans of 30 feet each). The acci-
dental eccentricity is equal to 0.05×180 = 9.0 feet.
130
Lateral displacements and story drifts
With the lateral forces listed in Table P17.7a, the given beam and column sections, and using a
computer program for the static analysis of frames, the elastic floor displacements (δxe) result as
shown in Table P17.1b. The corresponding inelastic displacements (δx) are also listed in this table.
These displacements are computed according to Equation 17.36, considering an importance factor I
of 1.0 and a Cd value of 3.0. The story drifts (Δx) are determined by subtracting the displacements
of the floors above and below each story. For a comparison with the allowable drift, this table also
presents the story drift ratios Δx/hsx. Note that the computed displacements do not include the dis-
placements produced by the torsional moments as these displacements are not significant.
Level hsx δ xe δx Δx Δx/hsx
(in) (in) (in) (in)
12 144 10.93 32.80 1.47 0.010
11 144 10.44 31.33 2.43 0.017
10 144 9.63 28.89 3.28 0.023
9 144 8.54 25.62 3.56 0.025
8 144 7.35 22.05 3.21 0.022
7 144 6.28 18.85 3.35 0.023
6 144 5.17 15.50 3.06 0.021
5 144 4.14 12.43 2.93 0.020
4 144 3.17 9.50 2.56 0.018
3 144 2.31 6.94 2.55 0.018
2 144 1.46 4.39 2.22 0.015
1 180 0.72 2.17 2.17 0.012
Problem 17.8
Figure P17.8 shows the elevation and plan views of a three-story reinforced concrete warehouse
that will be built in Carson City, Nevada. As shown in the figure, the building is constructed
with shear walls with a height of 20 feet for the first story and 15 feet for the second and third
stories. The total gravity load for the first, second, and third floors is 300, 250, and 220 kips, re-
spectively. Determine using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the Internation-
al Building Code the design lateral forces, story shears, lateral displacements, and story drifts
along the transverse direction of the building. Assume a modulus of elasticity of 3,600 kips/in2
for the concrete used in the construction of the shear walls. Neglect the bending deformation of
the shear walls.
15'
15'
20'
Elevation
Shear
wall 8"
30'
4 @ 25' = 100'
Floor plan

Solution:
Building weight
131
W = 300 + 250 + 220 = 770 kips
Lateral stiffnesses
If the bending deformations are neglected, the lateral stiffness of a shear wall is given by
GAi EAi
Ki = =
hi 2(1 + μ)hi
where E denotes modulus of elasticity, μ Poisson ratio, Ai cross-section area, and hi wall height.
Therefore, if a Poisson ratio of 0.15 is assumed, the stiffness of the first story is
3,600(360 × 8)
K1 = 5 = 93,913 kip/in
2(1 + 0.15)240
Similarly, the stiffnesses of the second and third stories are
3,600(360 × 8)
K 2 = K3 = 5 = 125,217 kip/in
2(1 + 0.15)180
Natural period
From Equation 17.31, one has that for a structure with 5 shear walls,
2 2
100 5
⎛ hn ⎞ Ai 100 ⎛ 50 ⎞ (8 / 12) × 30
CW =
AB
∑ ⎜ ⎟
⎜ ⎟
i =1 ⎝ hi ⎠ ⎛h ⎞
2
= (5)⎜ ⎟
30 × 100 ⎝ 50 ⎠ ⎛ 50 ⎞
2
= 1.008
1 + 0.83⎜⎜ i ⎟⎟ 1 + 0.83⎜ ⎟
⎝ Di ⎠ ⎝ 30 ⎠
and thus, from Equation 17.30, the natural period of the structure is approximately given by
0.0019 0.0019
Ta = hn = 50 = 0.095 s
CW 1.008
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Carson City, Nevada, are: 39° 10' N and 119° 46' W, respectively.
Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1a and 17.2a, one has that
S S = 1.92
S1 = 0.77
Also, the building site may be classified as Site D since the soil properties are unknown. Hence,
from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
and thus, according to Equations 17.9 and 17.10, the spectral accelerations adjusted for soil ef-
fects are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.92) = 1.92
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.77) = 1.16
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.92) = 1.28
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (1.16) = 0.77
3 3
Seismic design category = E
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary reinforced concrete walls) = R = 4.0
132
S DS 1.28
Cs = = = 0.32
R / I 4.0 / 1.0
0.5S1 0.5(0.77)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.10
R/I 4.0 / 1.0
and is less than
S D1 0.77
(Cs ) max = = = 2.03
T ( R / I ) 0.095(4.0/1.0)
and thus the base shear is equal to
V = CsW = 0.32(770) = 246 kips
From Table 17.14, one obtains k = 1.0 and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces
(Fx) and story shears (Vx) are as indicate in Table P17.8a.
Level wx hsx hx wxhxk w x h xk Fx = C vxV Vx
(kip) (ft) (ft) (kip-ft) C vx = (kip)
N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
3 220 15 40 8,800 0.374 92.0 92.0

2 250 15 35 8,750 0.372 91.5 183.5
1 300 20 20 6,000 0.255 62.7 246.2
Sum 770 23,550 1.000 246.2
Story drifts and lateral displacements

Since in this case the story stiffnesses are known, the story drifts may be calculated according to
Vx
Δx =
Kx
The elastic components of the lateral displacements may then be calculated by simply adding the
corresponding story drifts. According to Equation 17.36, the total displacements are given by
C d δ xe
δx =
I
Cd = 4.0
and, as determined earlier, I = 1.0. The results are presented in Table P17.8b, where Δx denotes
3 92.0 125,217 0.00073 0.00482 0.0193
2 183.5 125,217 0.00147 0.00409 0.0164
1 246.2 93,913 0.00262 0.00262 0.0105
Problem 17.9
133
The building shown in Figure P17.9 will be located in Fresno, California, will be used for ha-
zardous and water treatment facilities, and will be constructed with ordinary moment-resisting
frames. The building site has been classified as Class B. The dead loads for the first, second,
and third floors are 609.4 kips, 590.9 kips, and 217.2 kips, respectively. Determine using the
modal response spectrum analysis procedure prescribed by the International Building Code the
base shear, lateral forces, story shears, lateral displacements, and story drifts of the building
along its transverse direction. Assume that the moments of inertia of the columns are Ix = 1530
in4 and Iy = 548 in4, and those of the beams are Ix = 1170 in4 and Iy = 60.3 in4. Similarly, assume
that the modulus of elasticity of the steel used in the construction of the building structure is
29,000 kips/in2.
3
15'
3 @ 30' = 90'
2
15'
1
20'
3 @ 30' = 90'
6 @ 20' = 120'
Elevation
Floor plan
Solution:
Floor weights and total weight
Modeling the building with one of the intermediate frames with a tributary area of 90 ft × 20 ft, and
considering 25 percent of a live load of 50 psf on the floors and no live load on the roof, the total
floor and roof weights are
w1 = 609.4 / 6 + 0.25(0.05)(90 × 20) = 124.1 kips
w2 = 590.9 / 6 + 0.25(0.05)(90 × 20) = 120.9 kips
w3 = 217.2 / 6 = 36.2 kips
Correspondingly, the total weight supported by the frame is
W = 124.1 + 120.9 + 36.2 = 281.2 kips
Natural periods and mode shapes
With the weights determined above and the given moments of inertia, the solution of the corres-
ponding eigenvalue problem leads to the following eigenvalues, natural periods, participation fac-
tors, and modal matrix:
ω12 = 68.667 rad 2 /s 2 ω22 = 815.47 rad 2 /s 2 ω32 = 2546.5 rad 2 /s 2
T1 = 0.758 s T2 = 0.220 s T2 = 0.124 s
Γ1 = −3.046 Γ2 = 0.803 Γ3 = 0.249
⎡0.212 − 0.369 − 0.210⎤

[Φ] = ⎢⎢0.358 0.012 0.324 ⎥⎥
⎢⎣0.427 0.525 − 0.481⎥⎦
Effective modal weights

The application of Equation 17.41 with the mode shape amplitudes and floor weights determined
134
above yields the modal effective weights listed in Table P17.9a. From the percentages shown in
this table, it may be seen that the effective weight in the first mode of the system is more than 90
per cent of the total weight of the building. Hence, in accordance with the code recommenda-
tions (see Section 17.7.1), only the first mode will be considered in the analysis.
Table P17.9a. Modal effective weights of building considered in Problem 17.9

Effective weight, Total weight
Mode Wm percentage
(kips)
1 261.2 92.9
2 18.0 6.4
3 2.0 0.6
Total 281.2 99.9
Design response spectrum

The latitude and longitude of Fresno, California, are 36° 46' N and 119° 43' W, respectively.
S S = 0.44
S1 = 0.21
and from Tables 17.4 and 17.5 for a Site B, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.0
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(0.44) = 0.44
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.0(0.21) = 0.21
and according to Equations 17.11 and 17.12 the corresponding design spectral accelerations are
2 2
S DS = S MS = (0.44) = 0.29
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.21) = 0.14
3 3
By virtue of Equations 17.17 and 17.18 and the map in Figure 17.7a, the periods that delimit the
four regions of the design spectrum are therefore equal to
S D1 0.14
T0 = 0.2 = 0.2 = 0.10 s
S DS 0.29
S 0.14
TS = D1 = = 0.48 s
S DS 0.29
TL = 12.0 s
Using Equations 17.13 through 17.16, the spectra accelerations in the design spectrum for the sys-
tem under analysis may be thus defined as follows (see Figure 17.6):
(a) For periods less than or equal to 0.10 seconds,
T T
S a = S DS (0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.29(0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.12 + 1.74T
T0 0.10
(b) For periods greater than or equal to 0.10 seconds but less than or equal to 0.48 seconds,
S a = S DS = 0.29
(c) For periods greater than or equal to 0.48 seconds but less than or equal to 12.0 seconds,
135
S D1 0.14
Sa = =
T T
(d) For periods greater than or equal to 12.0 seconds,
S D1TL 0.14(12.0) 1.68
Sa = = = 2
T2 T2 T
In consequence, the spectral acceleration corresponding to the first mode of the system is
0.14 0.14
S a1 = = = 0.18
T 0.758
Base shear
From Tables 17.6, 17.7, 17.8, and 17.1, one has that
Occupancy category = III
Seismic design category = B
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary steel frames) = R = 3.5
In the light of Equations 17.40 and 17.39 and the effective weights and spectral acceleration de-
termined above, the seismic response coefficient for the first mode is therefore equal to
S a1 0.18
Cs1 = = = 0.06
R / I 3.5 / 1.25
and, correspondingly, the modal base shear in the first mode is
V1 = Cs1W1 = 0.06(261.2) = 15.7 kips
As only the first mode is being considered, the total base shear in this case is thus equal to
Vt = 15.7 kips
It should be recalled, however, that the code imposes a limit to the value of the base shear that
may be considered when the modal analysis procedure is used. As described in Section 17.7.4, this
limit is given by 85 percent of the value of the base shear obtained with the equivalent lateral force
procedure considering a natural period equal to T = Cu Ta, where Cu is determined from Table
17.13 and Ta is the approximate value of the fundamental natural period of the system computed
with Equation 17.28, whenever the calculated period exceeds the product of Cu and Ta. To ob-
tain such a limit, consider then that for the system under analysis
Ta = Ct (hn ) x = 0.028(50)0.8 = 0.64 s
T = CuTa = 1.68(0.64) = 1.08 s
and that, in consequence, the calculated period of 0.758 s does not exceed the upper limit imposed
by the code for the fundamental natural period. In the light of Equation 17.23, the seismic response
coefficient calculated using the equivalent lateral force procedure is therefore equal to
S DS 0.29
Cs = = = 0.10
R / I 3.5 / 1.25
which is greater than (see Equation 17.25)
0.5S1 0.5(0.21)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.04
R/I 3.5 / 1.25
but exceeds (see Equation 17.26)
S D1 0.14
(Cs ) max = == = 0.07
T (R / I ) 0.758(3.5 / 1.25)
Considering, then, this upper limit, from Equation 17.22 one has that
V = CsW = 0.07(281.2) = 19.7 kips
136
which leads to a lower limit for the base shear of 0.85×19.7 = 16.7 kips. This value, in turn, ex-
ceeds the value of Vt determined above. The lateral forces and story shears (but not displace-
ments and story drifts) will be calculated considering a base shear of 16.7 kips.

The modal lateral forces are given by Equations 17.42 and 17.43. The values of the vertical distribu-
tion factor Cvxm, the lateral forces Fxm, and the story shears Vxm for the first mode are thus as indi-
cated in Table P17.9b. As only the first mode is being considered, the values shown in this table
also correspond to the design values of the lateral forces and story shears.
Table P17.9b. Lateral forces and story shears in first mode

Level, wx φx1 wxφx1 wφ Fx1 = C vx1V1 Vx1
x (kips) Cvx1 = 3 x x1 (kips)
(kips) (kips)
∑
wi φi1
i =1
3 36.2 0.427 15.46 0.182 3.04 3.04
2 120.9 0.358 43.28 0.509 8.50 11.53
1 124.1 0.212 26.31 0.309 5.17 16.71
Sum: 281.2 85.05 1.000 16.71

From Equation 17.45, the elastic components of the modal lateral displacements are given by
⎛ g ⎞⎛ T F ⎞ ⎛ g ⎞⎛ 0.758 Fx1 ⎞⎟
2 2
δ xe1 = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ 1 x1 ⎟⎟ = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ ⎟
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠ ⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠
and, according to Equation 17.44, the total modal lateral displacements are equal to
Cd δ xe1
δ x1 =
I
where for the case under consideration Cd = 3.0 (see Table 17.1) and I = 1.25. After substituting the
floor weights, the natural period, and the lateral forces multiplied by 15.7/16.7, the lateral displace-
ments and story drifts in the first mode of the system, and hence the design lateral displacements
and story drifts, are as indicated in Table P17.9c. For comparison with the allowable ones, the story
drift ratios are also included in this table.
Table P17.9c. Modal lateral displacements and story drifts in first mode
Level wx hsx 0
(kips) (in) .
9
4
F
x δ
1 x δ
e x
( 1 1
k ( (
i i i
p n n
s . .
) ) )
137
Δx1
(in.) Δx1/hsx
3 36.2 180 2.85 0.44 1.06 0.17 0.001
2 120.9 180 7.99 0.37 0.89 0.36 0.002
1 124.1 240 4.86 0.22 0.53 0.53 0.002
Problem 17.10
The three-story building shown in Figure P17.10 will be located in San Diego, California, and
constructed with intermediate moment-resisting steel frames. An evaluation of the building site
shows that the underlying soil deposit has a depth of about 250 feet and an average shear wave
velocity of 1500 feet per second. The masses, natural frequencies, and modal matrix of the
structure are as shown below. Determine using the modal response spectrum analysis procedure
prescribed by the International Building Code the design base shear, story shear, overturning
moments, and story drifts.
m1 = m2 = m3 = 1132.2141 lb - s 2 / ft
ω1 = 7.30916 rad/s ω2 = 23.58844 rad/s ω3 = 40.04150 rad/s
⎡0.2555 0.9413 1.0 ⎤
⎢
[Φ ] = ⎢0.6752 1.0 − 0.7321⎥⎥
⎢⎣ 1.0 − 0.9421 0.2680 ⎥⎦
m3
14'
m2
14'
m1
14'
22'
Solution:
Floor weights and total weight
The floor weights are equal to
w1 = w2 = w3 = 1,132.214(32.2) = 36.46 kips
and thus the total weight of the building is
W = 3(36.46) = 109.38 kips
Natural periods
From the given natural frequencies, the natural periods of the building are
T1 = 0.860 s T2 = 0.266 s T3 = 0.157 s

The application of Equation 17.41 with the given mode shapes and floor weights determined
above yields the modal effective weights listed in Table P17.9a. From the percentages shown in
this table, it may be seen that the effective weights in the first two modes of the system add up to
more than 90 per cent of the total weight of the building. Thus, in accordance with the code rec-
138
ommendations (see Section 17.7.1), only the first two modes will be considered in the analysis.

Effective weight, Wm Total weight percentage
Mode (kips)
1 89.69 82.0
2 13.13 12.0
3 6.56 6.0
Total 109.38 100.0

The latitude and longitude of San Diego, California, are 32° 44' N and 117° 10' W, respectively.
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.60
Also, from Table 17.3 and the given soil conditions, the building site corresponds to Site C.
Hence, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5 for a Site C, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.3
and, according to Equations 17.9 and 17.10, the spectral accelerations adjusted for soil effects are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.3(0.60) = 0.78
Moreover, from Equations 17.11 and 17.12, the corresponding design spectral accelerations are
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.78) = 0.52
3 3
By virtue of Equations 17.17 and 17.18 and the map in Figure 17.7a, the periods that delimit the
four regions of the design spectrum are therefore equal to
S D1 0.52
T0 = 0.2 = 0.2 = 0.10 s
S DS 1.00
S 0.52
TS = D1 = = 0.52 s
S DS 1.00
TL = 8.0 s
T T
S a = S DS (0.4 + 0.6 ) = 1.00(0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.4 + 6T
T0 0.10
S a = S DS = 1.00
S D1 0.52
Sa = =
T T
139
S D1TL 0.52(8.0) 4.16
Sa = = = 2
T2 T2 T
In consequence, the spectral accelerations corresponding to the first two modes of the system are
0.52 0.52
S a1 = = = 0.60
T 0.860
S a 2 = 1.00
Modal and total base shears
Assuming the building will be used for offices, from Tables 17.6, 17.7, 17.8, and 17.1, one has
that
Response modification coefficient (for intermediate steel frames) = R = 4.5
In the light of Equations 17.40 and 17.39 and the effective weights and spectral accelerations de-
termined above, the seismic response coefficients for the first two modes are therefore equal to
S a1 0.60
Cs1 = = = 0.13
R / I 4.5 / 1.0
S 1.00
Cs 2 = a 2 = = 0.22
R / I 4.5 / 1.0
and, correspondingly, the modal base shears in the first two modes are
V1 = Cs1W1 = 0.13(89.69) = 11.66 kips
V2 = Cs 2W2 = 0.22(13.13) = 2.89 kips
Combining, then, the modal base shears with the square-root-of-the-sum-of-the-squares rule, the
total base shear is approximately equal to
Vt = V12 + V22 = 11.662 + 2.892 = 12.01 kips
tain such a limit, consider then that for the system under analysis
Ta = Ct (hn ) x = 0.028(42)0.8 = 0.56 s
T = CuTa = 1.4(0.56) = 0.78 s
and that, in consequence, the calculated period of 0.860 s does exceed the upper limit imposed by
the code for the fundamental natural period. In the light of Equation 17.23, the seismic response
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.22
R / I 4.5 / 1.0
0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.07
R/I 4.5 / 1.0
but exceeds (see Equation 17.26)
140
S D1 0.52
(Cs ) max = == = 0.15
T (R / I ) 0.78(4.5 / 1.0)
This upper limit applies and, hence, from Equation 17.22, one has that
V = CsW = 0.15(109.38) = 16.41 kips
ceeds the value of Vt determined above. The lateral forces, story shears, and overturning mo-
ments obtained by the modal analysis procedure will be thus scaled up by the factor (see Equa-
tion 17.46)
V 16.41
Cm = 0.85 = 0.85 = 1.16
Vt 12.01
Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments
Applying Equations 17.42 and 17.43, the modal values of the vertical distribution factor Cvxm, the
lateral forces Fxm, the story shears Vxm and the overturning moments M0xm for the two modes being
considered result as indicated in Tables P17.10b and P17.10c. It should be noted that these result
correspond to modal base shears augmented by the factor Cm of 1.16 determined above. The cor-
responding design values, obtained by combining the modal values with the square root of the sum
of the squares rule, are shown in Table P17.10d.
Table P17.10b. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments in first mode
Level, wx hsx φx1 wxφx1 wφ Fx1 = C vx1V1 Vx1 M0x1
x (kips) (ft) Cvx1 = 3 x x1 (kips) (k-ft)
(kips) (kips)
∑
wi φi1
i =1
3 36.46 14 1.000 36.46 0.518 7.01 7.01 98.14
2 36.46 14 0.675 24.62 0.350 4.73 11.74 262.50
1 36.46 14 0.256 9.32 0.132 1.79 13.53 451.92
Sum: 109.38 42 70.40 1.000 13.53
Table P17.10c. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments in second mode
Level, wx hsx φx2 wxφx2 wφ Fx 2 = C vx 2V2 Vx2 M0x2
x (kips) (ft) Cvx 2 = 3 x x 2 (kips) (k-ft)
(kips) (kips)
∑
wi φi 2
i =1
3 36.46 14 -0.942 -34.35 -0.943 -3.16 -3.16 -44.24
2 36.46 14 1.000 36.46 1.001 3.36 0.20 -41.44
1 36.46 14 0.941 34.32 0.942 3.16 3.36 5.60
Sum: 109.38 42 36.43 1.000 3.36
Table P17.10d. Design values of lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments
Lateral forces (kips) Story shears (kips) Overturning moments (k-ft)
Level Mode Mode Design Mode Mode Design Mode Mode Design
1 2 value 1 2 value 1 2 value
3 7.01 -3.16 7.69 7.01 -3.16 7.69 98.14 -44.24 107.65
2 4.73 3.36 5.80 11.74 0.20 11.74 262.50 41.44 265.75
1 1.79 3.16 3.63 13.53 3.36 13.93 451.92 5.60 451.95

141
⎛ g ⎞⎛ T F ⎞
2
δ xem = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ m xm ⎟⎟
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠
and according to Equation 17.44, the total modal lateral displacements are equal to
Cd δ xem
δ xm =
I
where for the case under consideration Cd = 4.0 (see Table 17.1) and I = 1.0. After substituting the
floor weights, the natural periods, and the lateral forces divided by the factor Cm = 1.16 (recall the
lower limit for the base shear does not apply for displacements and drifts), the lateral displacements
and story drifts in the first two modes of the system result as indicated in Table P17.10e. After
combining these modal values with the square root of the sum of the squares rule, the design values
shown in Table E17.2f are obtained. For comparison with the allowable ones, the story drift ratios
are also included in this table.
Table P17.10e. Modal lateral displacements and story drifts in first and second modes
First mode Second mode
Lev- wx hsx Fx1 /Cmδxe1 δx1
el (kips) (in) (kips)(in) (in)
Δx1
(in) Fx2 /Cm δxe2 δx2
(kips) (in) (in)
Δx2
(in)
3 36.46 168 6.04 1.20 4.80 1.56 -2.72 -0.052 -0.208 -0.43
2 36.46 168 4.08 0.81 3.24 2.00 2.90 0.055 0.220 0.01
1 36.46 168 1.54 0.31 1.24 1.24 2.72 0.052 0.208 0.21
Table P17.10f. Design values of lateral displacements and story drifts

Level Lateral displacements (in) Story drifts (in) Drift
Mode 1 Mode 2 Design value Mode 1 Mode 2 Design value ratios
3 4.80 -0.208 4.81 1.56 -0.43 1.62 0.010
2 3.24 0.220 3.25 2.00 0.01 2.00 0.012
1 1.24 0.208 1.26 1.24 0.21 1.26 0.008
Problem 17.11
Repeat Problem 17.1 using the modal response spectrum analysis procedure prescribed by the In-
ternational Building Code.
Solution:
Natural periods
Solving the eigenvalue problem, the following natural periods and mode shapes are obtained:
T1 = 0.644 s T2 = 0.263 s T3 = 0.166 s
T4 = 0.122 s T5 = 0.096 s T6 = 0.079 s
142
⎡0.074 − 0.167 − 0.254 − 0.329 − 0.381 0.385 ⎤
⎢0.148
⎢ − 0.293 − 0.331 − 0.214 0.076 − 0.481⎥⎥
⎢0.222 − 0.335 − 0.140 0.247 0.394 0.321 ⎥
Φ=⎢ ⎥
⎢0.297 − 0.251 0.229 0.339 − 0.407 − 0.128⎥
⎢ 0.371 0.000 0.420 − 0.398 0.165 0.029 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣0.445 0.460 − 0.280 0.109 − 0.025 − 0.003⎥⎦
The application of Equation 17.41 with the mode shapes and floor weights determined above
yields the modal effective weights listed in Table P17.11a. From the percentages shown in this
table, it may be seen that the effective weights in the first two modes of the system add up to
ommendations (see Section 17.7.1), only the first two modes will be considered in the analysis.

Mode (kips)
1 3,745.1 80.77
2 529.6 11.42
3 195.8 4.22
4 94.1 2.03
5 49.0 1.06
6 23.2 0.50
Total 4,636.8 100.00
From the SDS and SD1 values determined in the solution of Problem 17.1 and by virtue of Equations
17.17 and 17.18 and the map in Figure 17.7a, the natural periods that delimit the four regions of the
design spectrum for this problem are
S D1 0.60
T0 = 0.2 = 0.2 = 0.12 s
S DS 1.00
S 0.60
TS = D1 = = 0.60 s
S DS 1.00
TL = 8.0 s
T T
S a = S DS (0.4 + 0.6 ) = 1.00(0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.4 + 5T
T0 0.12
S a = S DS = 1.00
S D1 0.60
Sa = =
T T
143
S D1TL 0.60(8.0) 4.8
Sa = = = 2
T2 T2 T
0.60 0.60
S a1 = = = 0.93
T 0.644
S a 2 = 1.00
Since for this building one has that
Response modification coefficient (for intermediate steel frames) = R = 3.5
the seismic response coefficients for the first two modes are equal to
S a1 0.93
Cs1 = = = 0.27
R / I 3.5 / 1.0
S 1.00
Cs 2 = a 2 = = 0.29
R / I 3.5 / 1.0
V1 = Cs1W1 = 0.27(3,745.1) = 1,011.2 kips
V2 = Cs 2W2 = 0.29(529.6) = 153.6 kips
Combining, then, these modal base shears with the square-root-of-the-sum-of-the-squares rule, the
Vt = V12 + V22 = 1,011.22 + 153.62 = 1,022.8 kips
tain such a limit, consider that for the system under analysis
Ta = Ct (hn ) x = 0.028(60)0.8 = 0.74 s
T = CuTa = 1.4(0.74) = 1.04 s
and that, in consequence, the calculated period of 0.644 s does not exceed the upper limit imposed
by the code for the fundamental natural period. In the light of Equation 17.23, the seismic response
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.29
R / I 3 .5 / 1 .0
0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.09
R/I 3.5 / 1.0
and exceeds (see Equation 17.26)
S D1 0.60
(Cs ) max = == = 0.27
T (R / I ) 0.644(3.5 / 1.0)
This upper limit applies and, hence, from Equation 17.22, one has that
144
V = CsW = 0.27(4,636.8) = 1,251.9 kips
which leads to a lower limit for the base shear of 0.85×1,251.9 = 1,064.1 kips. This value, in turn,
exceeds the value of Vt determined above. The lateral forces, story shears, and overturning mo-
ments obtained by the modal analysis procedure will be thus scaled up by the factor (see Equa-
tion 17.46)
V 1,251.9
Cm = 0.85 = 0.85 = 1.04
Vt 1,022.8
Table P17.11b. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments in first mode
Level, wx hsx φx1 wxφx1 wx φ x1 Fx1 = C vx1V1 Vx1 M0x1
x (kips) (ft) C = (kips) (k-ft)
(kips) vx1 6 (kips)
∑
wi φi1
i =1
6 772.8 10 0.445 343.70 0.286 303.92 303.92 3,039.2
5 772.8 10 0.371 286.42 0.238 253.26 557.18 8,611.0
4 772.8 10 0.297 229.14 0.190 202.61 759.80 16,209.0
3 772.8 10 0.222 171.85 0.143 151.96 911.75 25,326.5
2 772.8 10 0.148 114.57 0.095 101.31 1013.06 35,457.1
1 772.8 10 0.074 57.28 0.048 50.65 1,063.71 46,094.2
Sum: 4,636.8 1202.95 1.00 1,063.71
Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments

Applying Equations 17.42 and 17.43, the modal values of the vertical distribution factor Cvxm, the
lateral forces Fxm, the story shears Vxm and the overturning moments M0xm for the two modes being
considered result as indicated in Tables P17.11b and P17.11c. It should be noted that these results
correspond to modal base shears augmented by the factor Cm of 1.04. The corresponding design
values, obtained by combining the modal values with the square root of the sum of the squares rule,
are shown in Table P17.11d.
Table P17.11c. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments in second mode
Level, x wx hsx φx2 wxφx2 wx φ x 2 Fx 2 = C vx 2V2 Vx2 M0x2
(kips) (ft) C = (kips) (k-ft)
(kips) vx 2 6 (kips)
∑
wi φi 2
i =1
6 772.8 10 -0.167 -129.25 0.286 45.64 45.64 456.4
5 772.8 10 -0.293 -226.19 0.500 79.87 125.51 1,711.5
4 772.8 10 -0.335 -258.50 0.571 91.28 216.79 3,879.5
3 772.8 10 -0.251 -193.87 0.429 68.46 285.25 6,732.0
2 772.8 10 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.00 285.25 9,584.6
1 772.8 10 0.460 355.43 -0.786 -125.51 159.74 11,182.0
Sum: 4,636.8 -452.38 1.000 159.74
Table P17.11d. Design values of lateral forces, story shears, and overturning moments
Lateral forces (kips) Story shears (kips) Overturning moments (k-ft)
Level Mode Mode Design Mode Mode Design Mode Mode Design
1 2 value 1 2 value 1 2 value
6 303.9 45.6 307.3 303.9 45.6 307.3 3,039.2 456.4 3,073.3
5 253.3 79.9 265.6 557.2 125.5 571.1 8,611.0 1,711.5 8,779.5
4 202.6 91.3 222.2 759.8 216.8 790.1 16,209.0 3,879.5 16,666.8
145
3 152.0 68.5 166.7 911.7 285.2 955.3 25,326.5 6,732.0 26,206.0
2 101.3 0.0 101.3 1013.1 285.2 1052.5 35,457.1 9,584.6 36,729.7
1 50.6 -125.5 135.3 1,063.7 159.7 1075.6 46,094.2 11,182.0 47,431.1
Table P17.11e. Modal lateral displacements and story drifts in first and second modes
First mode Second mode
Level wx hsx Fx1 /Cm δxe1 δx1
(kips) (in) (kips) (in) (in)
Δx1
(in) Fx2 /Cm δxe2 δx2
(kips) (in) (in)
Δx2
(in)
6 772.8 120 292.23 1.53 4.60 0.77 43.89 0.04 0.12 -0.09
5 772.8 120 243.52 1.28 3.83 0.77 76.80 0.07 0.20 -0.03
4 772.8 120 194.82 1.02 3.06 0.77 87.77 0.08 0.23 0.06
3 772.8 120 146.11 0.77 2.30 0.77 65.83 0.06 0.17 0.17
2 772.8 120 97.41 0.51 1.53 0.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32
1 772.8 120 48.71 0.26 0.77 0.77 -120.68 -0.11 -0.32 -0.32
Table P17.11f. Design values of lateral displacements and story drifts

Level Lateral displacements (in) Story drifts (in) Drift
Mode 1 Mode 2 Design value Mode 1 Mode 2 Design value ratios
6 4.60 0.12 4.60 0.77 -0.09 0.77 0.006
5 3.83 0.20 3.84 0.77 -0.03 0.77 0.006
4 3.06 0.23 3.07 0.77 0.06 0.77 0.006
3 2.30 0.17 2.30 0.77 0.17 0.79 0.007
2 1.53 0.00 1.53 0.77 0.32 0.83 0.007
1 0.77 -0.32 0.83 0.77 -0.32 0.83 0.007

⎛ g ⎞⎛ T F ⎞
2
δ xem = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ m xm ⎟⎟
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠
Cd δ xem
δ xm =
I
where for the case under consideration Cd = 3.0 and I = 1.0. After substituting the floor weights, the
natural periods, and the lateral forces divided by the factor Cm = 1.04 (recall the lower limit for the
base shear does not apply for displacements and drifts), the lateral displacements and story drifts in
the first two modes of the system result as indicated in Table P17.10e. After combining these modal
values with the square root of the sum of the squares rule, the design values shown in Table P17.11f
are obtained. For comparison with the allowable ones, the story drift ratios are also included in this
table.
Problem 17.12
146
Solution:
Natural periods
The mass and stiffness matrices of the system are
⎡3.882 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎡1750 - 750 0 0 ⎤
⎢ 0 3.106 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎢- 750 1500 - 750 0 ⎥⎥
[M ] = ⎢ kip - s 2 /in [K] = ⎢ kip/in
⎢ 0 0 3.106 0 ⎥ ⎢ 0 - 750 1250 - 500⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 0 0 2.588⎦ ⎣ 0 0 - 500 500 ⎦
Therefore, from the solution of the eigenvalue problem, the natural periods and mode shapes are:
T1 = 1.077 s T2 = 0.419 s T3 = 0.287 s T4 = 0.223 s
⎡ 0.111 − 0.267 − 0.348 − 0.230⎤
⎢0.240 − 0.312 0.049 0.406 ⎥⎥
[Φ ] = ⎢
⎢0.334 − 0.066 0.349 − 0.290⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣0.406 0.396 − 0.237 0.094 ⎦

Mode (kips)
1 4,118.0 84.0
2 544.7 11.1
3 204.8 4.2
4 32.5 0.7
Total 4,900.0 100.00

The application of Equation 17.41 with the mode shapes determined above and the given floor
weights yields the modal effective weights listed in Table P17.12a. From the percentages shown
in this table, it may be seen that the effective weights in the first two modes of the system add up
to more than 90 per cent of the total weight of the building. Thus, in accordance with the code
recommendations (see Section 17.7.1), only the first two modes will be considered in the analy-
sis.
S D1 0.35
T0 = 0.2 = 0.2 = 0.12 s
S DS 0.59
S 0.35
TS = D1 = = 0.59 s
S DS 0.59
TL = 6.0 s
147
T T
S a = S DS (0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.59(0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.24 + 2.95T
T0 0.12
S a = S DS = 0.59
S D1 0.35
Sa = =
T T
S D1TL 0.35(6.0) 2.1
Sa = = = 2
T2 T2 T
0.60 0.35
S a1 = = = 0.32
T 1.077
S a 2 = 0.59
Since for the building under analysis one has that
the seismic response coefficients for the first two modes are equal to
S a1 0.32
Cs1 = = = 0.06
R / I 8.0 / 1.5
S 0.59
Cs 2 = a 2 = = 0.11
R / I 8.0 / 1.5
V1 = Cs1W1 = 0.06(4,118.0) = 247.1 kips
V2 = Cs 2W2 = 0.11(544.7) = 59.9 kips
Vt = V12 + V22 = 247.12 + 59.92 = 254.3 kips
tain such a limit, consider that for the system under analysis Ta = 0.44 s, Cu = 1.4 and, as a result,
T = CuTa = 1.4(0.44) = 0.62 s
This means that the calculated fundamental period of 1.077 s exceeds the upper limit imposed by
the code and that this limit should be used instead. In the light of Equation 17.23, the seismic re-
sponse coefficient calculated using the equivalent lateral force procedure is therefore equal to
S DS 0.59
Cs = = = 0.11
R / I 8.0 / 1.5
148
0.5S1 0.5(0.16)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.02
R/I 8.0 / 1.5
and equals (see Equation 17.26)
S D1 0.35
(Cs ) max = == = 0.11
T (R / I ) 0.62(8.0 / 1.5)
The calculated value applies and, hence, from Equation 17.22, one has that
V = CsW = 0.11(4,900) = 539.0 kips
ceeds the value of Vt determined above. The lateral forces obtained by the modal analysis proce-
dure will be thus scaled up by the factor (see Equation 17.46)
V 539.0
Cm = 0.85 = 0.85 = 1.80
Vt 254.3
Lateral forces
Applying Equations 17.42 and 17.43, the modal values of the vertical distribution factor Cvxm and
the lateral forces Fxm for the two modes being considered result as indicated in Tables P17.12b and
P17.12c. It should be noted that these results correspond to modal base shears augmented by the
factor Cm of 1.80. The corresponding design values, obtained by combining the modal values with
the square root of the sum of the squares rule, are shown in Table P17.12d.
Table P17.12b. Lateral forces in first mode

Level, x wx hsx φx1 wxφx1 wφ Fx1 = C vx1V1
(kips) (ft) Cvx1 = 4 x x1
(kips) (kips)
∑
wi φi1
i =1
4 1,000 8 0.406 406.0 0.322 143.17
3 1,200 10 0.334 400.8 0.318 141.34
2 1,200 10 0.240 288.0 0.228 101.56
1 1,500 12 0.111 166.5 0.132 58.71
Sum: 4,900 1,261.3 1.000 444.78
Table P17.12c. Lateral forces in second mode
Level, x wx hsx φx2 wxφx2 wx φ x 2 Fx 2 = C vx 2V2
(kips) (ft) C =
(kips) vx 2 4 (kips)
∑
wi φi 2
i =1
4 1,000 8 0.396 396 -0.864 -93.20
3 1,200 10 -0.066 -79.2 0.173 18.64
2 1,200 10 -0.312 -374.4 0.817 88.12
1 1,500 12 -0.267 -400.5 0.874 94.26
Sum: 4,900 -458.1 1.000 107.82

⎛ g ⎞⎛ T F ⎞
2
δ xem = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ m xm ⎟⎟
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠
Cd δ xem
δ xm =
I
149
natural periods, and the lateral forces divided by the factor Cm = 1.8 (recall the lower limit for the
base shear does not apply for displacements and drifts), the story drifts in the first two modes of the
system result as indicated in Table P17.12d. After combining these modal values with the square
root of the sum of the squares rule, the design values shown in Table P17.2e are obtained. The al-
lowable drifts, calculated as 0.015 times the story heights, are also included in this table. It may be
seen from Table 17.12e that all the story drifts satisfy the limit imposed by the code.
Table P17.12d. Modal lateral displacements and story drifts in first and second modes
Level wx Fx1 /Cm δxe1 δx1 Δx1 Fx2 /Cm δxe2 δx2 Δx2
(kips) (kips) (in) (in) (in) (kips) (in) (in) (in)
4 1,000 79.5 0.904 3.313 0.588 -51.8 -0.089 -0.326 -0.381
3 1,200 78.5 0.743 2.726 0.767 10.4 0.015 0.054 -0.203
2 1,200 56.4 0.534 1.959 1.053 49.0 0.070 0.257 0.037
1 1,500 32.6 0.247 0.906 0.906 52.4 0.060 0.220 0.220
Table P17.12e. Design and allowable story drifts

Level hsx Δx Δa
(in) (in) (in)
4 96 0.70 1.44
3 120 0.79 1.80
2 120 1.05 1.80
1 144 0.93 2.16
Problem 17.13
Solution:
Natural periods
From the solution of the eigenvalue problem, the natural periods and mode shapes in the first
three modes of the system are:
T1 = 2.809 s T2 = 1.044 s T3 = 0.605 s
150
⎧ 0.051⎫ ⎧ 0.152 ⎫ ⎧ 0.255 ⎫
⎪0.103⎪ ⎪ 0.293 ⎪ ⎪ 0.456 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪0.163⎪ ⎪ 0.430 ⎪ ⎪ 0.572 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪0.222⎪ ⎪ 0.528 ⎪ ⎪ 0.538 ⎪
⎪0.288⎪ ⎪ 0.583 ⎪ ⎪ 0.325 ⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪0.356⎪ ⎪ 0.574 ⎪ ⎪− 0.007⎪
{φ}1 = ⎨ ⎬ {φ}2 = ⎨ ⎬ {φ}3 = ⎨ ⎬
⎪0.429⎪ ⎪ 0.484 ⎪ ⎪− 0.387⎪
⎪0.497⎪ ⎪ 0.317 ⎪ ⎪− 0.625⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪ 0.571⎪ ⎪ 0.039 ⎪ ⎪− 0.584⎪
⎪0.637⎪ ⎪− 0.277 ⎪ ⎪− 0.220⎪
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎪0.684⎪ ⎪− 0.539⎪ ⎪ 0.274 ⎪
⎪0.712⎪ ⎪− 0.696⎪ ⎪ 0.634 ⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
The application of Equation 17.41 with these mode shapes and the floor weights determined in
the solution of Problem 17.7 yields the modal effective weights listed in Table P17.13a. It may
be seen from this table that the effective weights in the first three modes of the system add up to
ommendations (see Section 17.7.1), only the first three modes will be considered in the analysis.

Mode (kips)
1 1,461.8 75.9
2 263.8 13.7
3 92.4 4.8
Total 1,818.0 94.4

S D1 0.43
T0 = 0.2 = 0 .2 = 0.09 s
S DS 1.00
S 0.43
TS = D1 = = 0.43 s
S DS 1.00
TL = 16.0 s
T T
S a = S DS (0.4 + 0.6 ) = 1.00(0.4 + 0.6 ) = 0.4 + 6.7T
T0 0.09
S a = S DS = 1.00
151
S D1 0.43
Sa = =
T T
S D1TL 0.43(16.0) 6.9
Sa = = = 2
T2 T2 T
In consequence, the spectral accelerations corresponding to the first three modes of the system
are
0.43 0.43
S a1 = = = 0.15
T1 2.809
0.43 0.43
Sa 2 = = = 0.41
T2 1.044
0.43 0.43
Sa3 = = = 0.71
T3 0.605
Since for the building in Problem 17.7 one has that
the seismic response coefficients for the first three modes are equal to
S a1 0.15
Cs1 = = = 0.04
R / I 3.5 / 1.00
S 0.41
Cs 2 = a 2 = = 0.12
R / I 3.5 / 1.0
S 0.71
Cs 3 = a 2 = = 0.20
R / I 3 .5 / 1 .0
and, correspondingly, the modal base shears in the first three modes are
V1 = Cs1W1 = 0.04(1,461.8) = 58.5 kips
V2 = Cs 2W2 = 0.12(263.8) = 31.7 kips
V3 = Cs 3W3 = 0.20(92.4) = 18.5 kips
Vt = V12 + V22 + V32 = 58.52 + 31.7 2 + 18.52 = 69.1 kips
tain such a limit, consider that for the system under analysis Ta = 1.52 s, Cu = 1.4 and, as a result,
T = CuTa = 1.4(1.52) = 2.13 s
152
This means that the calculated fundamental period of 2.809 s exceeds the upper limit imposed by
the code and that this limit should be used instead. In the light of Equation 17.23, the seismic re-
sponse coefficient calculated using the equivalent lateral force procedure is therefore equal to
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.29
R / I 3 .5 / 1 .0
0.5S1 0.5(0.50)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.07
R/I 3.5 / 1.0
and exceed (see Equation 17.26)
S D1 0.43
(Cs ) max = == = 0.06
T (R / I ) 2.13(3.5 / 1.0)
This maximum value applies and, hence, from Equation 17.22, one has that
V = CsW = 0.06(1,926) = 115.6 kips
ceeds the value of Vt determined above. The lateral forces obtained by the modal analysis proce-
dure will be thus scaled up by the factor (see Equation 17.46)
V 115.6
Cm = 0.85 = 0.85 = 1.42
Vt 69.1
Lateral forces, story shears, overturning moments and torsional moments
Applying Equations 17.42 and 17.43, the modal values of the vertical distribution factor Cvxm, lateral
forces Fxm, story shears Vxm, overturning moments, M0xm, and torsional moments Txm for the three
modes being considered result as shown in Tables P17.13b through P17.13d. It should be noted that
these results correspond to modal base shears augmented by the factor Cm of 1.42. The correspond-
ing design values, obtained by combining the modal values with the square root of the sum of the
squares rule, are listed in Table P17.13e.
Table P17.13b. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning and torsional moments in first mode
Level wx hsx φx1 wxφx1 wφ Fx1 = Cvx1V1 Vx1 M0x1 Tx1
(kip) (ft) Cvx1 = 12 x x1 (k ip) (kip-ft) (kip-ft)
(kips) (kip)
∑
wi φi1
i =1
12 144 12 0.712 103 0.137 11.3 11.3 136.2 612.9
11 162 12 0.684 111 0.148 12.3 23.6 419.6 1275.2
10 162 12 0.637 103 0.137 11.4 35.0 839.9 1891.5
9 162 12 0.571 92 0.123 10.2 45.3 1383.0 2444.1
8 162 12 0.497 81 0.107 8.9 54.2 2033.1 2925.5
7 162 12 0.429 70 0.093 7.7 61.9 2775.5 3340.8
6 162 12 0.356 58 0.077 6.4 68.3 3594.6 3685.8
5 162 12 0.288 47 0.062 5.2 73.4 4475.7 3964.8
4 162 12 0.222 36 0.048 4.0 77.4 5404.4 4179.3
3 162 12 0.163 26 0.035 2.9 80.3 6368.1 4336.6
2 162 12 0.103 17 0.022 1.8 82.2 7354.0 4436.4
1 162 15 0.051 8 0.011 0.9 83.1 8600.0 4485.8
Sum 1926 147 751 1.000 83.070
153
Table P17.13c. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning and torsional moments in second mode
Level wx hsx φx2 wxφx2 wφ Fx 2 = Cvx 2V2 Vx2 M0x2 Tx2
(kip) (ft) Cvx 2 = 12 x x 2 (kip) (kip-ft) (kip-ft)
(kips) (kip)
∑
i =1
wi φi 2
12 144 12 -0.696 -100 -0.315 -14.2 -14.2 -170.3 -766.3

11 162 12 -0.539 -87 -0.274 -12.4 -26.5 -488.8 -1433.4
10 162 12 -0.277 -45 -0.141 -6.3 -32.9 -883.5 -1776.1
9 162 12 0.039 6 0.020 0.9 -32.0 -1267.4 -1727.6
8 162 12 0.317 51 0.161 7.3 -24.7 -1564.3 -1335.8
7 162 12 0.484 78 0.246 11.1 -13.7 -1728.1 -737.2
6 162 12 0.574 93 0.292 13.2 -0.5 -1733.9 -26.4
5 162 12 0.583 94 0.297 13.4 12.9 -1579.6 694.7
4 162 12 0.528 86 0.269 12.1 25.0 -1280.0 1348.1
3 162 12 0.430 70 0.219 9.9 34.8 -862.1 1880.4
2 162 12 0.293 47 0.149 6.7 41.5 -363.7 2243.1
1 162 15 0.152 25 0.077 3.5 45.0 311.6 2430.8
Sum 1,926 147 318 1.000 45.014
Table P17.13d. Lateral forces, story shears, and overturning and torsional moments in third mode
Level wx hsx φx3 wxφx3 wφ Fx 3 = Cvx3V3 Vx3 M0x3 Tx3
(kip) (ft) Cvx3 = 12 x x 3 (kip) (kip-ft) (kip-ft)
(kips) (kip)
∑ wi φi 3
i =1
12 144 12 0.634 91 0.486 12.8 12.8 153.2 689.2
11 162 12 0.274 44 0.236 6.2 19.0 380.8 1024.5
10 162 12 -0.220 -36 -0.189 -5.0 14.0 548.8 755.8
9 162 12 -0.584 -95 -0.503 -13.2 0.8 558.0 41.6
8 162 12 -0.625 -101 -0.539 -14.2 -13.4 397.4 -722.8
7 162 12 -0.387 -63 -0.334 -8.8 -22.2 131.6 -1196.1
6 162 12 -0.007 -1 -0.006 -0.2 -22.3 -136.1 -1204.6
5 1 62 12 0.325 53 0.280 7.4 -15.0 -315.6 -807.5
4 162 12 0.538 87 0.463 12.2 -2.8 -349.0 -150.5
3 162 12 0.572 93 0.493 13.0 10.2 -227.0 549.2
2 162 12 0.456 74 0.393 10.3 20.5 19.0 1107.0
1 162 15 0.255 41 0.220 5.8 26.3 413.1 1418.6
Sum 1,926 147 188 1.000 26.270

⎛ g ⎞⎛ T F ⎞
2
δ xem = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ m xm ⎟⎟
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎠
and, according to Equation 17.44, the total modal lateral displacements are equal to
Cd δ xem
δ xm =
I
natural periods, and the lateral forces divided by the factor Cm = 1.42, the lateral displacements and
story drifts in the first three modes of the system result as indicated in Table P17.13f. After combin-
ing these modal values with the square root of the sum of the squares rule, the design values shown
154
in Table P17.2g are obtained. The allowable drifts, calculated as 0.02 times the story heights, are al-
so included in this table.
Table P17.13e. Design values of lateral forces, story shears, and overturning and torsional moments
Level Lateral forces Story shears Overturning Torsional
(kips) (kips) moments (k-ft) moments (k-ft)
12 22.2 22.2 266.5 1199.1
11 18.5 40.3 748.3 2174.9
10 14.0 50.0 1336.9 2702.5
9 16.7 55.4 1957.2 2993.3
8 18.2 61.0 2595.9 3296.2
7 16.1 67.1 3272.2 3624.3
6 14.6 71.8 3993.3 3877.8
5 16.1 76.0 4756.7 4105.4
4 17.6 81.4 5564.9 4394.0
3 16.5 88.1 6430.2 4758.6
2 12.5 94.3 7363.0 5093.0
1 6.8 98.1 8615.6 5295.6
Table P17.13f. Modal lateral displacements and story drifts in first and second modes
Level δxe1 δx1 Δx1 δxe2 δx2 Δx2 δxe3 δx3 Δx3
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
12 6.09 18.26 0.72 -1.05 -3.15 -0.71 0.32 0.95 0.54
11 5.85 17.54 1.22 -0.81 -2.44 -1.19 0.14 0.41 0.74
10 5.44 16.32 1.69 -0.42 -1.25 -1.43 -0.11 -0.33 0.55
9 4.88 14.63 1.89 0.06 0.18 -1.26 -0.29 -0.88 0.06
8 4.25 12.75 1.75 0.48 1.43 -0.76 -0.31 -0.94 -0.36
7 3.67 11.00 1.86 0.73 2.19 -0.41 -0.19 -0.58 -0.57
6 3.05 9.14 1.75 0.87 2.60 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.50
5 2.46 7.39 1.71 0.88 2.64 0.25 0.16 0.49 -0.32
4 1.89 5.68 1.52 0.80 2.39 0.44 0.27 0.81 -0.05
3 1.39 4.17 1.53 0.65 1.95 0.62 0.29 0.86 0.17
2 0.88 2.64 1.33 0.44 1.33 0.64 0.23 0.69 0.69
1 0.44 1.31 1.31 0.23 0.69 0.69 0.13 0.38 0.38
Table P17.13g. Design lateral displacements and design and allowable story drifts
Level hsx δx Δx Δa = 0.02hsx
(in) (in) (in) (in)
12 144 18.56 1.15 2.88
11 144 17.72 1.86 2.88
10 144 16.37 2.28 2.88
9 144 14.66 2.27 2.88
8 144 12.86 1.94 2.88
7 144 11.23 1.99 2.88
6 144 9.50 1.82 2.88
5 144 7.86 1.76 2.88
4 144 6.22 1.58 2.88
3 144 4.68 1.66 2.88
2 144 3.03 1.63 2.88
1 180 1.53 1.53 3.60
155
Problem 17.14
A twenty five-story building is located in the city of Santa Monica, California, has a height of
300 ft, is supported by a 100 ft × 100 ft mat foundation that rests near the surface of a homoge-
neous soil deposit, and supports a total gravity load of 15,000 kips. The soil deposit exhibits a
shear modulus of elasticity of 2.4 × 106 lb/ft2, a unit weight of 120 lb/ft3, and a Poisson ratio of
0.45. From a fixed-base analysis using the equivalent lateral force procedure in the International
Building Code, it is found that the building has a fundamental natural period of 3.0 s, and is sub-
jected to a base shear of 1,200 kips, an overturning moment at is base of 240,000 kip-ft, and a
lateral displacement at its roof level of 3.0 in. Determine following the provisions of the Interna-
tional Building Code the reduction in the base shear of the building and the increase or decrease
in its roof displacement when the flexibility of the foundation soil is taken into account.
Solution:
Effective weight and effective height
For the building under consideration, the effective gravity load and effective height are equal to
W = 0.7W = 0.7(15,000) = 10,500 kips
h = 0.7 hn = 0.7(300) = 210 ft
Effective stiffness and characteristic foundation lenghts
According to Equations 17.58, 17.61, and 17.62,
⎛ W ⎞ ⎛ 10,500 ⎞
k = 4π2 ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ = 4π 2 ⎜ 2 ⎟
= 1,430.4 kip/ft
⎝ gT ⎠ ⎝ 32.2 × 3.0 ⎠
A0 100 × 100
ra = = = 56.4 ft
π π
4 I 0 4 4 × 1004 / 12
rm = 4 = = 57.1 ft
π π
Design spectral accelerations
The latitude and longitude of Santa Monica, California, are: 34° 1' N and 118° 29' W, respective-
ly. Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1b and 17.2b, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.60
Also, the building site may be classified as Site D since the soil properties are unknown. Hence,
from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
fects are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.60) = 0.90
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.90) = 0.60
3 3
Lateral and rotational stiffness of foundation soil
156
From Table 17.15 for SD1 ≥ 0.30, one has that G/G0 = 0.42. Hence, the shear modulus for the foun-
dation soil adjusted for strain level is
G = 0.42G0 = 0.42( 2,400) = 1,008.0 kip/ft 2
Consequently, Equations 17.63 and 17.64 yield the following lateral and rotational static soil stiff-
nesses:
8Gra 8(1,008.0)(56.4)
Ky = = = 293,425 kip/ft
2−μ 2 − 0.45
8Grm3 8(1,008.0)(57.1)3
Kθ = = = 909,860,685 kip - ft/rad
3(1 − μ) 3(1 − 0.45)
The corresponding dynamic stiffnesses (see Equations 13.193 and 13.195) may be determined by
multiplying these static stiffnesses by the coefficients αx and αφ given in Figure 13.25 as a function
of the dimensionless frequency a0 defined by Equation 13.64 and the material damping tan δ, which
according to Equation 13.192 is equal to twice the value of the damping ratio ξ. In this case, tan δ =
2(0.05) = 0.10, and the dimensionless frequencies corresponding to the lateral and rotational charac-
teristic lengths are respectively equal to
2πra γ 2π(56.4) 0.120
a0 = = = 0.23
T Gg 3.0 (1,008.0)(32.2)
2πrm γ 2π(57.1) 0.120
a0 = = = 0.23
T Gg 3 .0 (1,008.0)(32.2)
For these dimensionless frequencies, the coefficients αx and αφ are both very close to unity and,
thus, it will be assumed that the dynamic soil stiffnesses are equal to the static stiffnesses.
Effective period
From Equation 17.57, the effective period of the building is thus equal to
~ k ⎛⎜ K yh 2 ⎞ ⎛ 2
⎟ = T 1 + 1,430.4 ⎜1 + 293,425 × 210 ⎟
⎞
T = T 1+ 1+ ⎜ ⎟
Ky ⎝⎜ Kθ ⎠ ⎟ 293,425 ⎝ 909,860,685 ⎠
= 1.036T = 1.036(3.0) = 3.11 s
Effective damping ratio
In this case
S DS / 2.5 = 1.00 / 2.5 = 0.40 ≥ 0.20
h / L0 = 210 / 100 = 2.10 > 1.0
r = rm = 57.1 ft
h / r = 210 / 57.1 = 3.7
~
T 3.11
= = 1.036
T 3 .0
Thus, from Figure 17.10 one obtains
β0 ≈ 0.005
and the effective damping ratio of the building results as
~ 0.05 0.05
β = β0 + ~ = 0.005 + = 0.05
(T / T ) 3
1.0363
which is equal to the specified minimum of 0.05.
157
Base shear reduction
In accordance with Section 17.6.2, the seismic response coefficient of the fixed-base structure is
given by
S D1
Cs =
T (R / I )
and thus the seismic response coefficient for the structure on flexible soil may be expressed as
~ S S D1
Cs = ~ D1 = = 0.965Cs
T (R / I ) 1. 036T (R / I )
In the light of Equation 17.49, the reduction in base shear for the building being considered due to
soil-structure interaction effects is therefore equal to
⎡ ~ ⎛ 0.05 ⎞ ⎤ ⎡ ⎛ 0.05 ⎞ ⎤
0.4 0.4
ΔV = ⎢Cs − Cs ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ⎥W = Cs ⎢1 − 0.965⎜ ⎟ ⎥ 0.7W = 0.025CsW
⎢⎣ ⎝ β ⎠ ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ ⎝ 0.05 ⎠ ⎥⎦
which represents a reduction of 2.5 percent over the base shear on the fixed-base building. The cor-
responding reduced base shear is
~
V = V − ΔV = CsW − 0.025CsW = (1 − 0.025)CsW = 0.975V
= 0.975(1,200) = 1,170 kips
Roof displacement increase or decrease

From Equation 17.69, the roof displacement of the building on flexible soil is equal to
~
~ V ⎛ M 0 hn ⎞ 1,170 ⎛ 240,000 × 300 ⎞
δn = ⎜⎜ + δ x ⎟⎟ = ⎜⎜ + 0.25 ⎟⎟ = 0.321 ft = 3.85 in
V ⎝ Kθ ⎠ 1,200 ⎝ 909,860,685 ⎠
which represents an increase of 28 percent over the value obtained when the building is considered
with a fixed base.
Problem 17.15
The tower shown in Figure P17.15 is located in the city of Irvine, California, over a site classi-
fied as Class E. It supports a water tank that weighs 2,000 kN. The tower foundation is a rein-
forced concrete circular mat with a diameter of 12 m, a depth of 1.0 m, and a unit weight of 24
kN/m3. The foundation soil has a shear modulus of elasticity of 72 MN/m2, a unit weight of 17.7
kN/m3, and a Poisson ratio of 0.45. When modeled as a single-degree-of-freedom system with a
fixed base, the tower exhibits a natural period of 0.25 s. Modeling it as a single degree-of-
freedom and using the equivalent lateral force procedure prescribed by the International Building
Code, determine the base shear and maximum lateral displacement in the tower considering the
flexibility of the foundation soil. Assume a response modification coefficient of 2.5, a deflection
amplification factor of 2.5, and an importance factor of 1.0. Neglect the weight of the tower.
15 m
1.0 m
6m 6m
Figure P17.15. Water tower considered in Problem 17.15
158
Solution:
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Irvine, California, are: 33° 40' N and 117° 49' W, respectively.
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.60
Also, the tank site is classified as Class E. Hence, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
fects are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.60) = 0.90
and, according to Equations 17.11 and 17.12, the corresponding design spectral accelerations are
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.90) = 0.60
3 3
For this structure, one has that
Response modification coefficient = R = 2.5
Then, according to Equation 17.23, the seismic response coefficient is equal to
S DS 1.00
Cs = = = 0.40
R / I 2 .5 / 1 .0
0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.12
R/I 2.5 / 1.0
and is less than
S D1 0.60
(Cs ) max = = = 0.96
T ( R / I ) 0.25(2.5/1.0)
In consequence, the fixed-base base shear is
V = CsW = 0.40(2,000) = 800 kN
Lateral displacement
For the structure under consideration, T = 0.25 s, Fx = V = 800 kN, and Cd = 2.5. Hence, from Eq-
uation 17.45, the elastic component of the lateral displacement is equal to
⎛ g ⎞⎛ T Fx ⎞⎟ ⎛ 9.81 ⎞⎛⎜ 0.25 × 800 ⎞⎟
2 2
δ xe = ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜⎜ = ⎜ ⎟ = 0.0062 m
⎝ 4π ⎠⎝ wx ⎟⎠ ⎝ 4π ⎠⎜⎝ 2,000 ⎟⎠
2
and, according to Equation 17.44, the fixed-base total lateral displacement is equal to
Cd δ xe 2.5(0.0062)
δx = = = 0.0155 m
I 1 .0
Effective stiffness
According to Equation 17.58, the tower’s effective stiffness is equal to
⎛ W ⎞ ⎛ 2,000 ⎞
k = 4π2 ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ = 4π 2 ⎜ 2 ⎟
= 128,778 kN/m
⎝ gT ⎠ ⎝ 9.81 × 0.25 ⎠
159
Lateral and rotational stiffness of foundation soil
From Table 17.15 for SD1 ≥ 0.30, one has that G/G0 = 0.42. Hence, the shear modulus for the foun-
dation soil adjusted for strain level is
G = 0.42G0 = 0.42(72,000) = 30,240 kN/m 2
Hence, according to Equations 17.63 and 17.64, the lateral and rotational static soil stiffnesses are:
8Gr 8(30,240)(6)
Ky = = = 936,465 kN/m
2−μ 2 − 0.45
8Gr 3 8(30,240)(6)3
Kθ = = = 31,669,527 kN - m/rad
3(1 − μ) 3(1 − 0.45)
The corresponding dynamic stiffnesses (see Equations 13.193 and 13.195) may be determined by
multiplying these static stiffnesses by the coefficients αx and αφ given in Figure 13.25 as a function
of the dimensionless frequency a0 defined by Equation 13.64 and the material damping tan δ. In
this case, tan δ = 2(0.05) = 0.10 and the dimensionless frequency is equal to
2πr γ 2π(6) 17.7
a0 = = = 1.16
T Gg 0.25 (30,240)(9.81)
For this material damping and dimensionless frequency, the coefficients ax and aφ are equal to
α x = 0.95 α φ = 0.80
and, thus, the dynamic soil stiffnesses are equal to
k y = α x K y = 0.95(936,465) = 889,642 kN/m
kθ = α φ K θ = 0.80(31,669,527) = 25,335,622 kN - m/rad
Effective period
From Equation 17.57 and the stiffnesses determined above, the effective period of the system is
equal to
k ⎛ k y h ⎞⎟
2
~ 128,778 ⎛ 889,642 ×152 ⎞
T = T 1 + ⎜1 + = T 1+ ⎜1 + ⎟
k y ⎜⎝ kθ ⎟⎠ 889,642 ⎜⎝ 25,335,622 ⎟⎠
= 1.513T = 1.513(0.25) = 0.378 s
Effective damping ratio
In this case,
S DS / 2.5 = 1.00 / 2.5 = 0.40 ≥ 0.20
h / r = 15 / 6 = 2.5
~
T 0.378
= = 1.513
T 0.25
Therefore, from Figure 17.10 one obtains
β0 ≈ 0.074
and the effective damping ratio results as
~ 0.05 0.05
β = β0 + ~ = 0.074 + = 0.088
(T / T ) 3
1.5133
which is greater than the specified minimum of 0.05 and less than the maximum of 0.20.
Base shear on flexible soil

In accordance with Section 17.6.2, the seismic response coefficient of the structure on flexible
soil is given by
160
~ S 1.00
Cs = DS = = 0.40
R / I 2.5 / 1.0
~ 0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.12
R/I 2.5 / 1.0
and is less than
~ S D1 0.60
(Cs ) max = = = 0.63
T ( R / I ) 0.378(2.5/1.0)
In the light of Equation 17.49, the reduction in the base shear for the system being considered due to
soil-structure interaction effects is therefore equal to
⎡ ~ ⎛ 0.05 ⎞ ⎤
0.4
⎡ ⎛ 0.05 ⎞0.4 ⎤
⎢ ⎜
ΔV = Cs − Cs ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎟ W = 0.40 ⎢1 − ⎜ 0.088 ⎟ ⎥W = 0.08(2,000) = 160 kN
⎢⎣ ⎝ β ⎠ ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ ⎝ ⎠ ⎥⎦
which is less than 0.3V = 0.3(800) = 240 kN. The corresponding reduced base shear is consequently
equal to
~
V = V − ΔV = 800 − 160 = 640 kN
which represents a reduction of 20 percent over the base shear on the fixed-base building.
Maximum lateral displacement on flexible soil

The overturning moment at the base of the tower using the unmodified lateral forces is
M 0 = 800(15) = 12,000 kN - m
Therefore, from Equation 17.69, the tower’s top displacement when on flexible soil is equal to
~
~ V ⎛ M 0 hn ⎞ 640 ⎛ 12,000(15) ⎞
δn = ⎜⎜ + δ x ⎟⎟ = ⎜⎜ + 0.0155 ⎟⎟ = 0.0181 m
V ⎝ kθ ⎠ 800 ⎝ 25,335,622 ⎠
which represents an increase of 16.7 percent over the value obtained when the tower is considered
fixed at its base.
Problem 17.16
The steam boiler shown in Figure P17.16 will be installed on the roof of a four-story building
that is 40 ft high. The boiler weighs 20 kips and will be anchored to the roof slab using four
bolts, one-inch in diameter each. The bolts have an embedment length of 6 in. The fundamental
period of the boiler and its anchors is 0.04 seconds. The building is located in Fairbanks, Alaska,
over a site classified as Class C and will be used as a hotel. Determine using the provisions of
the International Building Code the shear and tension demands on the anchor bolts.
Fp
20 k
1" φ anchor bolts 4.0'

6" embed. (4 total)
2.5'
Figure P17.16. Steam boiler considered in Problem 17.16
161
Solution:
The latitude and longitude of Fairbanks, Alaska, are 64° 49' N and 147° 52' W, respectively.
S S = 1.12
S1 = 0.31
Also, as the building site is classified as Class C, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.49
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.12) = 1.12
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.49(0.31) = 0.46
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.12) = 0.75
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.46) = 0.31
3 3
Equivalent static force
From Table 17.19, the component amplification ap and the component response modification fac-
tor Rp for boilers are equal to
a p = 1 .0
R p = 2 .5
and from Table 17.17 the component importance factor is
I p = 1 .0
Accordingly, since for the building and equipment location under consideration,
z = h = 40 ft
from Equation 17.74 one obtains
0.4a p S DS W p z
Fp = (1 + 2 )
Rp / I p h
0.4(1.0)(0.75) 40
= (1 + 2 )W p = 0.36W p
2.5 / 1.0 40
= 0.36(20) = 7.2 kips
( Fp ) min = 0.3S DS I pW p = 0.3(0.75)(1.0)W p = 0.225W p = 0.225(20) = 4.5 kips
and less than
( Fp ) max = 1.6 S DS I pW p = 1.6(0.75)(1.0)W p = 1.20W p = 1.20(20) = 24.0 kips
Shear force and tension demands
Thus, the shear force demand on each anchor is equal to
7.2
V= = 1.8 kips
4
In like fashion, the overturning moment due to the lateral force is equal to
M 0 = 7.2( 4) = 28.8 kip - ft
162
and thus, in the light of Equation 17.77, earthquake effects alone produce an uplift force on each
anchor equal to
1 28.8 0.2(0.75)(20)
( Ft ) E = + = 6.5 kips
2 2 .5 4
Consequently, when combined with the gravity load in accordance with Equation 17.2, the tension
demand on the anchors is
20
( Ft ) D + E = 6.5 − 0.9 = 2.0 kips
4
Problem 17.17
The electric generator shown in Figure P17.17 will be installed in the third floor of a 5-story
emergency command center. The command center is located in the downtown area of Crescent
City, California, over a site classified as Class E. The fundamental natural period of the building
is 0.4 seconds and the height of each of its stories is 12 feet. The generator weighs 15 kips and
will be mounted on four vibration isolators, each with a lateral stiffness of 3 kips per inch. De-
termine using the provisions of the International Building Code the shear and tension demands
on the vibration isolators.
15 k
Fp
Vibration
isolators
4.5 ft
(4 total)
4.0 ft
Figure P17.17. Electric generator considered in Problem 17.17
Solution:
Design spectral acclerations
The latitude and longitude of Crescent City, California, are 41° 46' N and 124° 12' W, respec-
tively. Therefore, from the maps in Figures 17.1a and 17.2a, one has that
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.75
Also, as the building site is classified as Class E, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 0.9 Fv = 2.4
are
S MS = Fa S s = 0.9(1.50) = 1.35
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 2.4(0.75) = 1.80
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.35) = 0.90
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (1.80) = 1.20
3 3
163
Equivalent static force
tor Rp for spring-isolated equipment are
a p = 2.5
R p = 2.0
and from Table 17.17 the component importance factor (for an emergency command center) is
I p = 1.5
Accordingly, since for the building and equipment location under consideration,
z = 3(12) = 36 ft
from Equation 17.74 one obtains
0.4a p S DS W p z
Fp = (1 + 2 )
Rp / I p h
0.4(2.5)(0.90) 36
= (1 + 2 )W p = 1.485W p
2.0 / 1.5 60
= 1.485(15) = 22.3 kips
( Fp ) min = 0.3S DS I pW p = 0.3(0.90)(1.5)W p = 0.405W p = 0.405(15) = 6.1kips
and less than
( Fp ) max = 1.6 S DS I pW p = 1.6(0.90)(1.5)W p = 2.16W p = 2.16(15) = 32.4 kips
It should be noted, however, that the code requires that the force Fp be doubled for components
mounted on vibration isolators if the nominal clearance between the equipment support frame and
restraint is greater than 0.25 in. (see note under Table 17.19). Therefore, since no restrain is speci-
fied, the lateral force on the component is
Fp = 2(22.3) = 44.6 kips
Shear force and tension demands
Thus, the shear force demand on each isolator is equal to
44.6
V= = 11.2 kips
4
In like fashion, the overturning moment due to the lateral force is equal to
M 0 = 44.6(4.5) = 200.7 kip - ft
and thus, in the light of Equation 17.77, earthquake effects alone produce an uplift force on each
isolator equal to
1 200.7 0.2(0.90)(15)
( Ft ) E = + = 25.8 kips
2 4.0 4
Consequently, when combined with the gravity load in accordance with Equation 17.2, the tension
demand on the anchors is
15
( Ft ) D + E = 25.8 − 0.9 = 22.4 kips
4
Problem 17.18
A vertical steel pipeline is connected to a five-story building as shown in Figure P17.18. The
building is located in Long Beach, California, over a deposit of stiff sandy soils and is used as a
hospital. It is constructed with ordinary moment-resisting steel frames and carries a total gravity
load of 1,000 kips per floor. The total weight of the pipeline is 6 kips. Determine using the pro-
164
visions of the International Building Code the design lateral force and the relative displacement
demand for the pipeline. Assume that the moments of inertia of the beams and columns of the
building are respectively equal to 1170 in4 and 1530 in4. Similarly, consider that the modulus of
elasticity of the structural steel is 29,000 kips/in2.
5
5 @ 12 ft = 60 ft
3
1 Pipeline
3 @ 24 ft = 78 ft
Figure P17.18. Building and pipeline considered in Problem 17.18
Solution:
Building weight
The total weight supported by the building is
W = 5(1,000) = 5,000 kips
Natural period
resisting steel frames, the approximate value of the fundamental natural period is
Ta = Ct hnx = 0.028(60)0.8 = 0.74 s
Base shear
The latitude and longitude of Long Beach, California, are 33° 49' N and 118° 9' W, respectively.
S S = 1.75
S1 = 0.60
Also, as the building site may be classified as Class C (see Table 17.3), from Tables 17.4 and
17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.3
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.75) = 1.75
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.3(0.60) = 0.78
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.75) = 1.17
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.78) = 0.52
3 3
Response modification coefficient (for ordinary moment frames) = R = 3.5
165
S DS 1.17
Cs = = = 0.50
R / I 3.5 / 1.5
0.5S1 0.5(0.60)
(Cs ) min = = = 0.13
R/I 3.5 / 1.5
and greater than
S D1 0.52
(Cs ) max = = = 0.30
T ( R / I ) 0.74(3.5/1.5)
and thus
Cs = (Cs ) max = 0.30
V = CsW = 0.30(5,000) = 1,500 kips
Lateral forces
1 1
k = 1.0 + (T − 0.5) = 1.0 + (0.74 − 0.5) = 1.12
2 2
and thus from Equations 17.32 and 17.33, the lateral forces Fx on the building are as indicated in
Table P17.18a.
Table P17.18a. Lateral forces and story shears in building in Problem 17.18
(kip) (ft) (ft) (kip-ft) C vx = N (kip)
∑w h
i =1
i i
k
5 1,000 12 60 98,068.47 0.349 523.30

4 1,000 12 48 76,381.85 0.272 407.58
3 1,000 12 36 55,342.50 0.197 295.31
2 1,000 12 24 35,142.82 0.125 187.53
1 1,000 12 12 16,168.99 0.058 86.28
Sum 1926 60 281,104.64 1.000 1,500.0

With the lateral forces listed in Table P17.18a, the given beam and column moments of inertia, and
using a computer program for the static analysis of frames, the elastic floor displacements (δxe) re-
sult as shown in Table P17.18b. The corresponding inelastic displacements (δx) are also listed in this
table. These displacements are computed according to Equation 17.36, considering an importance
factor I of 1.5 and a deflection amplification factor Cd of 3.0.
Table P17.18b. Elastic and total ateral displacements in building of Problem 17.18
Level δ xe δx
(in) (in)
5 29.6 59.2
4 26.1 52.3
3 20.4 40.8
2 13.0 25.9
1 5.0 10.0
166
Component equivalent static force
tor Rp for piping are
a p = 2.5
R p = 4 .5
and from Table 17.17 the component importance factor (for a hospital) is
I p = 1.5
Also, for the building and pipeline location under consideration,
z = 60 ft
Accordingly, from Equation 17.74, the design lateral force is
0.4a p S DS W p z
Fp = (1 + 2 )
Rp / I p h
0.4(2.5)(1.17) 60
= (1 + 2 )W p = 1.17W p
4 .5 / 1 .5 60
= 1.17(6) = 7.02 kips
( Fp ) min = 0.3S DS I pW p = 0.3(1.17)(1.5)W p = 0.53W p = 0.53(6) = 3.2 kips
and less than
( Fp ) max = 1.6S DS I pW p = 1.6(1.17)(1.5)W p = 2.81W p = 2.81(6) = 16.9 kips
Relative displacement demand
From Equation 17.80, the relative displacement demand is calculated according to
D p = δ xA − δ yA
where δxA and δyA are the displacements at levels x and y of the structure determined as indicated
in Section 17.6.7. For the case under consideration these displacements are equal to
δ xA = 59.2 in
δ yA = 10.0 in
and thus Equation 17.80 leads to
D p = 59.2 − 10.0 = 49.2 in
However, since for the building under consideration the allowable drift Δa is equal to 0.010hsx,
the calculated value of Dp is greater than the upper limit of (see Equation 17.81)
Δ aA 0.010hsx
( D p ) max = (hx − hy ) = (720 − 144) = 5.8 in
hsx hsx
In consequence, the relative displacement demand is
D p = ( D p ) max = 5.8 in
Problem 17.19
A three-story office building will be implemented with a base isolation system. The building
will be located on Anchorage, Alaska, on a site soil classified as Class D. The building has a
regular configuration with no vertical or horizontal irregularities. Its plan dimensions are 150 ft
× 100 ft and its weight for seismic design is 6,200 kips. The lateral load resisting system consists
of ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames. The center of mass and the center of rigidity
coincide at each floor. The fundamental natural period of the building when its base is consi-
dered fixed is 0.35 s. It is estimated that for an effective performance the isolation system should
167
have effective isolated periods at the design and maximum displacements equal to 2.5 and 3.0
times the fixed-base natural period, respectively, and an effective damping ratio of 15%. A vari-
ation of ±15% from the mean stiffness values of the isolation elements is considered acceptable.
For the purpose of a preliminary design, determine using the provisions of the International
Building Code: (a) the minimum design displacement for the isolation system; (b) the base shear
for designing the isolation system and the structural elements below the isolation system; and (c)
the base shear for the design of the superstructure.
Solution:
The latitude and longitude of Anchorage, Alaska, are 61° 10' N and 150° 1' W, respectively.
S S = 1.50
S1 = 0.55
Also, as the building will be built on a Site D, from Tables 17.4 and 17.5, one obtains,
Fa = 1.0 Fv = 1.5
are
S MS = Fa S s = 1.0(1.50) = 1.50
S M 1 = Fv S1 = 1.5(0.55) = 0.83
2 2
S DS = S MS = (1.50) = 1.00
3 3
2 2
S D1 = S M 1 = (0.83) = 0.55
3 3
Minimum design displacement for isolation system
From Table 17.20 for a damping ratio of 15 percent, one gets
BD = BM = 1.35
Thus, considering Equations 17.86 and 17.87, the calculated values of SD1 and SM1, and the as-
sumed values for the design and maximum natural periods of the isolation system (TD and TM),
the design displacement and maximum displacement at the center of rigidity of the isolation sys-
tem are
gS D1TD 386.4(0.55)(2.5 × 0.35)
DD = = = 3.49 in
4π2 BD 4π2 (1.35)
gS T 386.4(0.83)(3.0 × 0.35)
DM = M2 1 M = = 6.32 in
4π BM 4π 2 (1.35)
To compute the maximum displacements of the individual isolation elements, it is necessary to
account for the code-mandated mass eccentricity of 5 percent of the building dimension perpen-
dicular to the direction of analysis. That is, the total displacements of the isolation elements need
be calculated for an eccentricity of
e = 0.05(150) = 7.5 ft
Thus, assuming that the isolation system will have a uniform spatial distribution of lateral stiff-
ness and using Equations 17.88 and 17.89, estimates of the total displacements for the isolation
elements at the building edges are
168
⎡ 12e ⎤ ⎡ 150 12(7.5) ⎤
DTD = DD ⎢1 + y 2 2⎥
= 3.49 ⎢1 + = 3.49(1.21) = 4.22 in
⎣ b +d ⎦ ⎣ 2 100 2 + 150 2 ⎥⎦
⎡ 12e ⎤
DTM = DM ⎢1 + y 2 = 6.32(1.21) = 7.65 in.
⎣ b + d 2 ⎥⎦
Base shear for design of isolation system and structural elements below
From Equations 17.84 and 17.85, the assumed values of TD and TM, and the seismic weight W,
one has that
4π 2 W 4π2 6,200
k D min = = = 827.4 kip/in.
TD2 g 0.8752 386.4
4π 2 W 4π2 6,200
k M min = = = 574.6 kip/in.
TM2 g 1.052 386.4
which, after consideration of the assumed ±15% variation about the mean stiffness values, lead
to
k D min 1.15
k D max = 1.15k Dmean = 1.15 = (827.4) = 1,119.4 kip/in.
0.85 0.85
1.15
k M max = (574.6) = 777.4 kip/in.
0.85
Thus, from Equation 17.90, the design shear force for the isolation system and the structural
elements below is
Vb = k D max DD = 1,119.4(3.49) = 3,907 kips
which corresponds to a base shear coefficient of 3,907/6,200 = 0.63.
Base shear for the design of superstructure

The strength reduction factor for ordinary reinforced concrete frames is 3.0 (see Table 17.1) and,
in consequence, the corresponding reduction factor for the base-isolated structure is (see Section
17.12.4.3)
3
RI = (3.0) = 1.13 ≤ 2.0
8
the base shear for the design of the superstructure is (see Equation 17.91)
k D max DD 1,119.4(3.49)
Vs = = = 3,457 kips
RI 1.13
which is tantamount to a seismic coefficient of 3,457/6,200 = 0.56. The design base shear for a
fixed-base structure with the same weight, a natural period equal to TD = 0.875 s, and an impor-
tance factor of 1.0 (for an office building) is equal to (see Equations 17.22 and 17.26)
S D1 0.55
V = CsW = W= 6,200 = 0.18(6,200) = 1,116 kips
R/I 3.0 / 1.0
which is less than the upper limit of
S D1 0.55
(V ) max = W= 6,200 = 0.21(6,200) = 1,299 kips
T (R / I ) 0.875(3.0 / 1.0)
Thus, the calculated base shear of 3,457 kips complies with the code requirement that the base shear
for the isolated structure should not be less that the base shear for a fixed-base structure with the
same weight and same natural period.
169
Problem 17.20
Repeat Example 17.6 considering instead linear viscous dampers.
Solution:
Base shear, lateral forces, and story drifts
As a change in the force-velocity relationship of the dampers will not affect the considered in-
crease in the damping ratio of the system (20 percent), the base shear, lateral forces, and story
drifts of the frame when the dampers added are linear viscous dampers will be as calculated in
Example 17.6.
Dampers’ damping constant

∑Wj
1j
= 0.20
4πW1
where ΣW1j and W1 are, respectively, the dissipated energy in one cycle of response and the maxi-
mum strain energy in the first mode of the structure under the first-mode displacements determined
in Example 17.6. But according to Equation 16.25, ΣW1j may be calculated according to
∑W j
1j = λC N ω1α [(Δ11 cos θ1 ) α+1 + Δ12 cos θ 2 ) α+1 + Δ13 cos θ3 ) α+1 ]
where λ is given by Equation 17.165, θ1, θ2, and θ3 are the angles the dampers in the first, second,
and third stories make with respect the horizontal, and Δ11, Δ12, and Δ13 are the story drifts of the
first, second, and third stories when the structure is subjected to the displacements {δi1}. For the
structure under consideration θ1 = 28.2˚, θ2 = θ3 = 27.6˚, and for viscous dampers α = 1.0 and thus
Γ 2 (1 + α / 2) Γ 2 (1 + 1.0 / 2) 0.8862
λ = 4( 2 α ) = 4(2) = 8.0 = 3.140
Γ(2 + α) Γ(2 + 1.0) 2.0
In consequence,
∑W
j
1j = C N (3.140)(4.4487){(0.023 cos 28.2o ) 2.0 + [(0.059 − 0.023) cos 27.6o ]2.0
+ [(0.088 − 0.059) cos 27.6o ]2.0 } = 0.029C N

Similarly, according to Equation 17.157 and the first-mode lateral forces computed in Example
17.6, the maximum strain energy is given by
1 1
W1 =
2
∑F δ
i
i1 i1 = [33.1(0.023) + 84.2(0.059) + 67.4(0.088)] = 5.83 kN - m
2
Therefore, the dampers’ damping constant is equal to
4π(0.20)(5.83)
CN = = 505.2 kN - s / m
0.029
Maximum damper forces
According to Equation 16.22 and the horizontal story velocities calculated in Example 17.6, the
maximum forces in the dampers in the fundamental and residual modes are given by
⎧ ∇11M cos θ1 ⎫ ⎧0.192 cos 28.2o ⎫ ⎧ 85.5 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{F1D } = C N ⎨∇ 21M cos θ2 ⎬ = 505.2⎨0.300 cos 27.6o ⎬ = ⎨134.3⎬kN
⎪∇ cos θ ⎪ ⎪0.236 cos 27.6o ⎪ ⎪105.7 ⎪
⎩ 31M 3⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
170
⎧ ∇1RM cos θ1 ⎫ ⎧ 0.512 cos 28.2o ⎫ ⎧ 228.0 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{FRD } = C N ⎨∇ 2 RM cos θ2 ⎬ = 505.2⎨− 0.456 cos 27.6o ⎬ = ⎨− 204.1⎬kN
⎪∇ ⎪ ⎪− 0.367 cos 27.6o ⎪ ⎪ − 164.3⎪
⎩ 3 RM cos θ3 ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
which lead to the following maximum damper forces:
⎧ (85.52 + 228.02 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧243.5⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{FD } = ⎨(134.32 + 204.12 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨244.3⎬kN
⎪ 2 2 1/ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩(105.7 + 164.3 ) ⎭ ⎩195.4 ⎭
Thus, three linear viscous dampers with an output force of at least 245 kN on each of the two
seismic-force resisting frames will provide the additional damping of 20 percent.
Problem 17.21
Repeat Example 17.6 using instead the response spectrum procedure prescribed in the provisions
of the International Building Code.
Solution:
Effective weights
According to the information given in Table E17.6, the effective weights in the first two modes
of the structure add up to more than 90% of the structure’s total weight. Hence, only the first
two modes will be considered in the subsequent analysis.
Base shear
From the calculations in Example 17.6, the base shear in the fundamental mode is equal to
V1 = 184.7 kN
For the calculation of the base shear in the second mode, it needs to be considered that the code sti-
pulates that the inherent damping be assumed the same in all modes, that the effective ductility de-
mands in the higher modes be all equal to 1.0, and that the hysteretic damping be taken as zero for
the higher modes. Therefore, according to Equation 17.147, the effective damping in the second
mode is equal to
β2 D = β I + βV 2 + β HD = 0.05 + 0.20 + 0 = 0.25
and from Table 17.21 the numerical coefficient that corresponds to this effective damping is
B2 D = 1.65
According to Equations 17.139 and 17.137, the seismic coefficient and base shear in the second
mode of the structure are thus equal to
⎛ R ⎞ S DS ⎛ 8.0 ⎞ 1.0
Cs 2 = ⎜⎜ ⎟
⎟ =⎜ ⎟ = 0.294
⎝ Cd ⎠ Ω 0 B2 D ⎝ 5.5 ⎠ 3.0(1.65)
V2 = Cs 2W2 = 0.294(0.147)(3,683.5) = 159.2 kN
and, in consequence, the total base shear is equal to
V = V12 + V22 = (184.7) 2 + (159.2) 2 = 243.8 kN
This value, however, is less than the minimum of 262.5 kN calculated in Example 17.6. As a result,
it will be considered that
V = 262.5 kN
Design lateral forces
Using Equations 17.41 and the dynamic properties listed in Table E17.6, the design lateral forces in
171
the first two modes of the system are
⎧1,450.0(0.265)⎫ ⎧33.1⎫
Γ1 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{F1} = {wi φi1} V1 = 1.388⎨1,450.0(0.675)⎬0.062 = ⎨84.2 ⎬kN
W1 ⎪ 783.5(1.000) ⎪ ⎪67.4⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧1,450.0(−0.739)⎫ ⎧ 165.7 ⎫
Γ2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{F2 } = {wi φi 2 } V2 = −0.526⎨1,450.0(−0.510)⎬0.294 = ⎨ 114.4 ⎬kN
W2 ⎪ 783.5(1.000) ⎪ ⎪− 121.2⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
and thus the total lateral forces are
⎧(33.12 + 165.7 2 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧169.0⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Fx } = ⎨(84.2 2 + 114.42 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨142.0⎬kN
⎪(67.42 + 121.22 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪138.7⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Floor deflections and story drifts
From the calculation in Example 17.6, the floor deflections in the fundamental mode are equal to
⎧0.265⎫ ⎧0.047⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{δ1D } = D1D {φi1} = 0.177 ⎨0.675⎬ = ⎨0.119⎬m
⎪1.000 ⎪ ⎪0.177⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Also, according to Equation 17.144 and the value of B2D found above, the roof deflection in the
second mode is equal to
g S T 9.81 0.6(0.435)
D2 D = ( 2
)Γ2 D1 2 = − ( 2 )0.526 = −0.021 m
4π B2 D 4π 1.65
g S DS T22 9.81 1.0(0.435) 2
( D2 D ) max = ( ) Γ2 = − ( ) 0 . 526 = −0.015 m
4π 2 B2 D 4π 2 1.65
and thus it will be considered that D2D = -0.015 m. In consequence, the second mode (see Equation
17.143) and total floor deflections are
⎧− 0.739⎫ ⎧ 0.011 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{δ 2 D } = D2 D {φi 2 } = −0.015⎨− 0.510⎬ = ⎨ 0.008 ⎬m
⎪ 1.000 ⎪ ⎪− 0.015⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧(0.047 2 + 0.0112 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧0.048⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{δ D } = ⎨(0.1192 + 0.0082 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨0.119⎬m
⎪(0.177 2 + 0.0152 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪0.178⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Similarly, the modal and total story drifts are
⎧ 0.047 ⎫ ⎧0.047 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Δ1D } = ⎨0.119 − 0.047 ⎬ = ⎨0.072 ⎬m
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.177 − 0.119⎭ ⎩0.058⎭
⎧ 0.011 ⎫ ⎧ 0.011 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Δ 2 D } = ⎨ 0.008 − 0.011 ⎬ = ⎨- 0.003⎬m
⎪− 0.015 − 0.008⎪ ⎪- 0.023⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
172
⎧(0.047 2 + 0.0112 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧0.048⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Δ D } = ⎨(0.072 2 + 0.0032 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨0.072⎬m
⎪ 2 2 1/ 2 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩(0.058 + 0.023 ) ⎭ ⎩0.062⎭
Drift limits
According to the calculations in Example 17.6, the drift limit for the first story is 0.129 m and
the drift limit for the second and third stories is 0.125 m. Thus, the building meets the story drift
limits when it is considered with the added dampers.
Dampers’ damping constant

The dampers’ damping constant, CN, is determined in Example 17.6 in terms of the fundamental
mode properties. As these properties are the same when the response spectrum method is used, the
dampers’ damping constant remains the same. That is, the dampers’s damping constant remains
equal to
C N = 155.9 kN - s 0.5 / m 0.5
Maximum damper forces
From Example 17.6, the roof displacement under the maximum considered earthquake in the
first mode of the system is equal to
g S T 9.81 0.9(2.45)
D1M = ( 2
)Γ1 M 1 1M = ( 2 )1.388 = 0.284 m
4π B1M 4π 2.679
For the second mode, one has that β2M = β2D = 0.25, B2M = B2D = 1.65, and thus Equation 17.146
yields
g S T 9.81 0.9(0.435)
D2 M = ( 2
)Γ2 M 1 2 = −( 2 )0.526 = 0.031
4π B2 M 4π 1.65
g S MS T22 9.81 1.5(0.435) 2
( D2 M ) max = ( ) Γ2 = − ( ) 0 . 526 = 0.022
4π 2 B2 M 4π 2 1.65
and thus it will be considered that D2M = 0.022 m. In consequence, the modal floor deflections
under the maximum considered earthquake are equal to
⎧0.265⎫ ⎧0.075⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{δ1M } = D1M {φi1} = 0.284⎨0.675⎬ = ⎨0.192⎬m
⎪1.000 ⎪ ⎪0.284⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧− 0.739⎫ ⎧ 0.016 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{δ 2 M } = D2 M {φi 2 } = −0.022⎨− 0.510⎬ = ⎨ 0.011 ⎬m
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩ 1.000 ⎭ ⎩− 0.022⎭
the corresponding modal story drifts equal to
⎧ 0.075 ⎫ ⎧0.075⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Δ1M } = ⎨0.192 − 0.075⎬ = ⎨0.117 ⎬m
⎪0.284 − 0.192⎪ ⎪0.092⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ 0.016 ⎫ ⎧ 0.016 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{Δ 2 M } = ⎨ 0.011 − 0.016 ⎬ = ⎨- 0.005⎬m
⎪− 0.022 − 0.011⎪ ⎪- 0.033⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
and the corresponding modal story velocities equal to
173
⎧0.075⎫ ⎧0.192⎫
2π 2π ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{∇1M } = {Δ1M } = ⎨0.117 ⎬ = ⎨0.300⎬m/s
T1M 2.45 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩0.092⎭ ⎩0.236⎭
⎧ 0.016 ⎫ ⎧ 0.231 ⎫
2π 2π ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{∇ 2 M } = {Δ 2 M } = ⎨- 0.005⎬ = ⎨− 0.072⎬m/s
T2 0.435 ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
⎩- 0.033⎭ ⎩− 0.477 ⎭
According to Equation 16.22 and these horizontal story velocities, the maximum forces in the
dampers in the fundamental and residual modes are then given by
⎧ (∇11M cos θ1 ) 0.5 ⎫ ⎧(0.192 cos 28.2o ) 0.5 ⎫ ⎧64.13⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{F1D } = C N ⎨(∇ 21M cos θ 2 ) 0.5 ⎬ = 155.9⎨(0.300 cos 27.6o ) 0.5 ⎬ = ⎨80.38⎬kN
⎪(∇ θ 0.5 ⎪ ⎪(0.236 cos 27.6o ) 0.5 ⎪ ⎪71.30⎪
⎩ 31M cos 3 ) ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
⎧ (∇12 M cos θ1 ) 0.5 ⎫ ⎧ (0.231cos 28.2o )0.5 ⎫ ⎧70.34⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{FRD } = C N ⎨(∇ 22 M cos θ2 )0.5 ⎬ = 155.9⎨(0.072 cos 27.6o ) 0.5 ⎬ = ⎨39.38⎬kN
⎪ (∇ 0.5 ⎪ ⎪(0.477 cos 27.6o )0.5 ⎪ ⎪101.4 ⎪
⎩ 32 M cos θ3 ) ⎭ ⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
which yield the following maximum damper forces:
⎧(64.132 + 70.342 )1 / 2 ⎫ ⎧ 95.2 ⎫
⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
{FD } = ⎨(80.382 + 39.382 )1 / 2 ⎬ = ⎨ 89.5 ⎬kN
⎪(71.302 + 101.42 )1 / 2 ⎪ ⎪124.0⎪
⎩ ⎭ ⎩ ⎭
Thus, three dampers with an output force of at least 124 kN on each of the two seismic-force
resisting frames will provide the desired additional damping of 20 percent and reduce the story
drifts to levels below the limits specified by the code. Nonetheless, these results need be con-
firmed with a response time-history analysis as the code requires a response time-history analysis
for structures located at sites with a S1 equal to or greater than 0.6 (see Section 17.13.2).
174
K10070
9781439800881
6000 Broken Sound Parkway, NW

Suite 300, Boca Raton, FL 33487
270 Madison Avenue
an informa business New York, NY 10016
www.taylorandfrancisgroup.com 2 Park Square, Milton Park
Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN, UK

Villaverde Solution Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Villaverde Solution Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Villaverde Solution Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SOLUTIONS MANUAL FOR

© 2009 by Taylor & Francis Group, LLC

International Standard Book Number-13: 978-1-4398-0088-1 (Softcover)

Visit the Taylor & Francis Web site at

and the CRC Press Web site at

Boca Raton London New York

CRC Press is an imprint of the

FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

Table P4.1. Properties of steel, cast iron, and concrete

Table P4.2. Distance traveled by waves at different times

Figure P4.2. Position of displacement pulse at various times

which may be considered as the superposition of the two displacement waves

Then, for –2.0 ≤ x +0.5t ≤ 2.0,

Considering now the second integral, one has that

Then, for –2.0 ≤ x - 0.5t ≤ 2.0,

where ζ is a dummy variable. Hence, for the case under consideration

Compression stresses Tension stresses

Compression stresses Tension stresses

ii) 5m from pile tip

0.5 Time (s)

Incident wave Reflected wave

Figure P4.9. Ground motion records in Problem 4.9

Disturbance Geophone Geophone

Figure P5.1b. Circular arcs and location of epicenter

Figure P5.2. Seismogram considered in Problem 5.2

Figure P5.2b. Arrival of P, S, and surface waves

Figure P5.3. Seismogram considered in Problem 5.3

Figure P5.5. Seismogram considered in Problem 5.5

Figure P5.7. Seismogram considered in Problem 5.7

Table P5.11. Magnitudes and distances to sites considered in Problem 5.11

0.2 2.0 f (Hz)

Table P7.8. Earthquake data for Problem 7.8

Table P7.12. Earthquake data for Problem 7.12

Table P7.12b. Mean recurrence rates for given magnitudes

Table P7.13. Peak ground acceleration data for Problem 7.13

(b) For an exceedance probability of 10% in 45 years, one has that

= 2.443 − 1.826m + 2.683 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2

= 0.171 − 1.632m + 0.226 ln r + 2.683ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2

for Fault A, and

= 6.656 − 2.308m + 3.405 ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647m)]2

λ1 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.10 g ] = (3.163)(0.005) = 0.016 events/yr

= 3.771 − 2.072m + 0.287 ln r + 3.405ln r 2 + [0.149 exp(0.647 m)]2

λ 2 y = λ m0 P[Y > 0.40 g ] = (0.178)(1.178 × 10−3 ) = 2.097 × 10 −4 events/yr

Figure P8.2b. Soil deposit considered in Problem 8.2

Table P8.3a. Mass and stiffnesses of equivalent lumped-mass system

Table P8.3b. Dynamic properties of equivalent lumped-mass system

Table P8.5a. Mass and stiffness of equivalent lumped-mass system

Table P8.5b. Dynamic properties of equivalent lumped-mass system

(b) Elastic bedrock

Elastic bedrock γ = 150 pcf

Figure P8.7. Soil profile considered in Problem 8.7

Figure P8.7b. Amplification function for soil deposit in Figure P8.7

Figure P8.8b. Amplitude Fourier spectrum of ground motion in Figure P8.8a

Figure P8.8c. Modulus of transfer function of soil deposit in Problem 8.8

Figure P8.9. Variation of shear modulus with depth

Figure P8.10. Variation of shear modulus with depth

Sand Void ratio = 0.6

Normally Specific gravity of solids = 2.73

PSV (in/s) SD (in) SA/g

Figure P9.5. Constructed inelastic design spectrum in Problem 9.5